謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
  
目錄
第一冊
 (壹) 不定詞
 (貳) 動名詞
 (參) 假設語氣
 (肆) 否定
第二冊
 (伍) 句子的要素及種類
 (陸) 五大句型
 (柒) 比較
 (捌) 疑問
第三冊
 (玖) 名詞及冠詞
 (拾) 介系詞
 (拾壹) 關係詞
第四冊
 (拾貳)  形容詞
 (拾參) 副詞
 (拾肆) 分詞 
 (拾伍) 被動語態
第五冊
 (拾陸) 助動詞
 (拾柒) 特殊構句
 (拾捌) 代名詞
第六冊
 (拾玖) 時態
 (貳拾) 時態的一致及敘述法
 (貳拾壹) 連接詞


謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
第一冊

(壹) 不定詞

不定詞具有下列三用法:
(1)名詞用法 - 可當主詞、補語及受詞。
(2)形容詞用法 - 可當補語,也可修飾名詞。
(3)副詞用法 - 形飾動詞、副語、形容詞及表示「目的;理由;結果」等。

一、名詞用法

當主詞
(Ex)
1. To please everyone at hte same time is impossible.
在同一時間取悅每個人是不可能的。
2. To protect environment is important.
保護環境是重要的。

重點1
不定詞當主詞時,也可用假主詞it代替。
1. It is impossible to please everyone at the same time.
2. It is important to protect the environment.

重點2
表明不定詞意義上的主詞時,在不定詞前加「for ~ 」。
1. It is impossible for me to please everyone at the same time.
2. It is important for all of us to protect the environment.

重點3
It's + 形容詞(表人格特質) + of人 + to V...。
1. It's dangerous for children to play on the streets.
小朋友在街上玩耍很危險。
2. It's very kind of you to see me off.
 = You're very kind to see me off.
你真好來為我送行。
3. It was stupid of me to do such a thing.
 = I was stupid to do such a thing.
我愚蠢到去做出這樣的事。

重點4
不定詞的否定形: not + to V
1. Not to depend on others is the best way to success.
不依賴別人是成功的最佳途徑。

當補語
位於 be動詞之後
1. A doctor's duty is to take care of sick people.
醫生的職責是照顧病人。
2. His fault is to talk too much.
他錯在說太多話。

當受詞
1. We decided to put off the meeting.
我們決定延後這會議。
2. My son needs to see a dentist.
我兒子需要看牙醫。

重點5
疑問詞 + to V → 名詞片語
1. How to reduce the costs is a big problem.
如何削減經費是一大問題。
2. The problem is where to set up the tent.
問題是該在哪裡搭帳篷。
 = The problem is where we should set up the tent.
3. I didn't know whether to laugh or get angry.
我不知道該笑或生氣。

二、形容詞用法

1. Amy was the only person to remember my birtyhday.
Amyam是唯一記住我生日的人。
2. I didn't have a chance to use English in Japan.
在日本我沒有機會說英文。

重點6
「(代)名詞 + 不定詞 + 介系詞」的形式中,不定詞前的(代)名詞為介系詞的受詞。
1. I have parents to take care of.
我有雙親要照料。
2. I want knife to cut it with.
我想要刀子切東西。

重點7
修飾名詞的不定詞可用關係代名詞表示。
1. I'm looking for someone to help me.
 = I'm looking for someone who will help me.
我正在找人幫忙。
2. Do you have anything to write with?
 = Do you have anything that I/you can write with?
你有任務可以寫字的東西嗎?

三、副詞用法

表目的
表"為了~"
1. He went to Germany to study music.
他去德國學音樂。
 = He went to Germany in order to study music.
   He went to Germany so as to study music.

2.The window was open a few inches to keep the air circulating.
窗戶打開保持空氣流通。
 = The window was open a few inches in order to keep the air circulating.
   The window was open a few inches so as to keep the air circulating.
 
表原因
跟在表示感情的形容詞之後。
1. I was shocked to see the scene.
看到這一幕我很震驚。
2. We could not but laugh to see it.
看到它我們不禁笑了。

表結果
有時會伴隨only、never,有「失望」之意。
1. He awoke in the middle of the night to see (=and saw) him softly go out of the room.
他在半夜醒來看見他悄悄走出房間。
2. We were separated never to see each orther again.
我們被分開再也無法見到彼此。
3. The police hurried to the house only to find that it was empty.
警察趕到那棟房子結果只發現它已經空無一人。

表條件
用來修飾假設語氣的主要子句。
1. To hear him talk on the phone, you would take him for his brother.
聽他在電話中的聲音,你會以為他是他哥哥。
 = If you heard him talk on the phone, you would take him for his brother.
2. I would give you anything to go to the concert.
如果我能去聽音樂會,我什麼都可以給你。
 = I would give you anything if I could go to the concert.

重點8
表「難;易」 形容詞 + to V
1. Poetry is hard to translate.
詩很難翻譯。
2. This rule is easy to remember.
這規則很容易記。

重點9
「be動詞 + 形容詞 +不定詞」的慣用表現
1. to apt to (易於...的)
We are apt to make mistakes.
我們容易犯錯。
2. be ready to (願意~; 易於~)
I am ready to help you.
我願意幫你。
He is too ready to suspect anything.
他對任何事都極易懷疑。
3. be willing to (樂意...)
I am willing to come with you.
我很樂意和你同行。
4. be eager to (渴望...)
He is eager to see you.
他渴望見到你。
5. be likely to (可能...)
It is likely to rain soon.
可能很快就要下雨。
6. be anxious to (急著想要...)
He is anxious to go abroad.
他急著想要出國。

重點10
~ enough to V (夠 ~ 可以...)
→ so ~ that  + S + (can) ...
1. She was kind enough to offer me her seat.
她好心讓位給我。
→ She was so kind that she offered me her seat.
2. I have an enough income to support you.
   I have a sufficient income to support you.
我有足夠的收入可以養你。
* enough → sufficient / sufficiently

重點11
too ~ to V (太 ~ 而不能...) → so ~ that + S + cannot
1. This bed is too small for me to sleep in.
這張床對我而言太小無法睡。
 = This bed is so small that I cannot sleep in.
2. I am only too glad to help you.
我非常樂意幫你的忙。
 = I am very glad to help you.
* only too + happy / glad / pleased
→ very happy / glad /pleased
3. He is not too proud to ask questions of others.
他不至於驕傲得無法向別人請益。
4. He is too wise not to see the reason.
他非常聰明不可能不懂這一理由。
→ He is so wise that he cannot but see the reason.

重點12
so ~ as to V (非常 ~ 以致於...; 到 ~ 的程度)
→ so ~ that + S ...
1. He was so angry as to be unable to speak.
他氣得說不出話來。
→ He was so angry that he was unable to speak.
2. I am not so foolish as to trust him.
我沒有笨到去相信他。
→ I am not such a fool as to trust him.
* so + 形容詞 / 副詞
 such ( + a ) + 名詞

四、 S + V + O + to V

不定詞當受詞補語的動詞分為下列四類

表希望;期待
like、want、wish、expect等。
1. I want you to tell the truth.
我想要你說實話。
2. I didn't expect her to be absent.
我不期望她會缺席。

表許可
allow、permit等。
1. Please allow me to introduce my wife, Rosaline.
請容許我介紹我的太太,Rosaline。
2. Mother did not permit her to go to the movie alone.
媽媽不允許她獨自去看電影。

表思考;認識等
think(思考)、believe(相信)、consider(認為)、find(發現)、recognize(認知)等。

1. We believe him to be honest.
我們認為他是誠實的。
= We believe (that) he is honest.
2. I thought the idea (to be) practical.
我認為這想法可以實現。
→ I thought the idea is practical.

表依賴、建議; 要求命令等
tell(告訴)、advise(建議)、order(命令)、ask(要求)、request(要求)、require(要求)、force(強迫)、persuade(說服)、get(叫)、cause(使)、teach(教)
1. The doctor advised him to stop smoking.
醫生建議他戒煙。
2. I persuaded him to go with me.
我說服他和我一起走。

五、 S + V + O + 原形不定詞

感官動詞之後
feel(感覺)、see、watch、look at(看)、notice(注意)、observe(觀察)、hear、listen to(聽)
1. I felt my heart beat violently.
我感覺到心臟跳得很厲害。
2. I saw the boy put a chocolate in his pocket.
我看見那位男孩將一個巧克力放進他口袋。

重點13
感官動詞在被動語態中,要用to不定詞
1. The police officer watched the children cross the road.
警察看到小朋友過馬路。
→ The children were watched by the police officer to cross the road.

使役動詞之後
make: 迫使
have: 依賴
let: 許可
bid: 命令
1. The mother made the boy turn off the TV.
那位媽媽叫這男孩關掉電視。
2. The teacher let the pupils go home.
老師讓學生回家。

重點14
使役動詞get + to 不定詞。
I go him to repair the radio.
我叫他修理收音機。

重點15
使役動詞help + to 不定詞 /原形不定詞
Can you help me (to) put up the tent?
你可以幫我搭帳篷嗎?

重點16
使役動詞make在被動語態中,要用to不定詞。
The teacher made the students try again.
老師要學生們再試一次。
→ The students were made by the teacher to try again.

六、 S + V + it + C + to不定詞

此句型的動詞多為find,think,make等。
1. She found it impossible to understand him.
她發現要了解他是不可能的。
2. I think it wrong to tell a lie.
我認為說謊是不對的。
3. I think it careless of you to lose your watch.
我認為弄丟手錶是你太粗心。
4. He makes it a rule to keep good hours.
他習慣早睡早起。

七、 seem(happen, appear, prove...等) + to不定詞

seem (appear) to V ~ 似乎 ~
1. My dog seems to understand what I say.
我的狗似乎了解我說的話。
→ It seems that my dog understands what I say.
2. The children appeared (to be) pleased with their presents.
小朋友們似乎很喜歡他們的禮物。
→ It appeared that the children were pleased with their presents.

happen(chance) to V ~ 碰巧 ~
I happened to meet one of my friends at the station.
→ It happened that I met one of my friends at the station.
我碰巧在車站遇見我的一位朋友。

prove (turn out) to ~ 結果是 ~; 證明是 ~
The rumor proved (→ turned out) to be true.
那謠言證明是真的。
→ It turned out that the rumor was true.
* It proved that the rumor was true.(錯)

come (get) to ~ 變得 ~
You will come to like this town.
你會變得喜歡這小鎮。

八、 be + to不定詞

表預定 → 打算要做
The meeting is to be held on Wednesday.
會議預定星期三舉行。

表義務 → 必須; 不得不(=should)
1. Rules are to be observed.
規則必須遵守。
2. You are to start as early as possible.
你應該儘早出發。

表可能 → 能夠(--- can)
否定句中,常用被動語態。
1. Not a cloud was to be seen in the sky.
天上看不到一朵雲。
2. Nobody was to be found on the street.
街上毫無人影。

表命運 → 有 ~ 的命運
He was never to see his wife and family again.
他再也沒有看到他的妻子和家人了。

表意圖 → 想要; 打算(--- intend)
表意圖時,通常採用if子句,而主要子句中以msut、need、necessary等字,來表示「必要」。
If you are to succeed, you must work harder.
如果你想要成功,你必須更加努力。

九、 不定詞的被動態,進行式,完成式不定詞

不定詞的被動態
 → to be p.p.
1. I like to teach. (我喜歡教人。)
   I like to be taught. (我喜歡被人教。)
2. There is a lot to do yet. (還有許多該處理的事。)
   There is a lot to be done yet. (還有許多該被處理的事。)

不定詞的進行形
 → to be Ving
They seem to be waiting for us.
他們似乎正在等我們。

完成不定詞
 → to have p.p.

* 表示比述語動詞更早的時間。
1. The child seems to be sick.
這小孩似乎生病了。
 → It seems that the child is sick.
2. The child seems to have been sick.
這小孩似乎早就生病了。
 → It seems that the child was /has been sick.
3. He seemed to have spent the money.
他似乎早就花掉那筆錢了。
 → It seemed that he had spent the money.

* 在can't, couldn't之後,表示否定推測;在must之後表示肯定推測。
1. They couldn't have been on strike.
他們不可能還在罷工。
2. Her mom must have been seriously ill then.
那時候她母親一定病得很重。

* 在should, ought to之後,表示未能實現的事。
1. You should have seen it.
你實在應該看看它。
2. You ought to have kept your word.
你應該要遵守約定。

* 在intend,wish,would like 等動詞之後，表示沒有實現的事。
1. I intended to have written to you.
我打算寫信給你,但是沒寫。
2. I expected him to have helped me with the work.
我希望他幫我這工作,但他沒有。

十、 特別注意的不定詞用法

代不定詞
為了避免相同動詞的重複,在句意非常明確的情形下,可以只用to而不用後面的動詞原形。而這個to,稱之為代不定詞。
1. You don't have to eat it if you don't want to (eat it).
如果你不想吃,你就不必吃。
2. A: How about coming to our house? (來我們家如何?)
   B: I'd like to (come) if I won't be any trouble. (如果不打擾的話,我很願意去。

分離不定詞
修飾不定詞的副詞,有時可放在to和動詞原形之間,這種形式的不定詞,稱之為分離不定詞。但not、never等常放在to之前。
1. I wish to utterly forget my past.
我希望完全忘掉我的過去。
2. She made up her mind never to return.
她下定決心絕不再回來。

獨立不定詞
是一種慣用語法,用來修飾整個句子。
to speak strictly (嚴格來說)
to be frank (with you) (坦白說)
to begin with (一開始)
to tell the truth (老實說)
to be honest (誠實說)
to make matters worse (更糟的是)
to be sure (的確)
to be brief (簡單扼要地說)
to say nothing of ~ = not to speak of = not to mention (更不用說 ~)
to do ~ justice (對~公平地評判)
to say the least of it (保守地說)
strange to say (奇怪的是)
needless to say (無庸置疑地)
so to speak (可以說是)
not to say + 形容詞(即使不能說是~)

1. To begin with, I'll tell you about my character.
一開始,我要跟你說說我的個性。
2. It was very cold, and to make matters worse, it began to rain.
天氣很冷,更糟的是,天空又開始下起雨來。
3. He can speak French and German, 
   to say nothing of 
   not to speak of
   not to mention     English.
他會說法語和德語,更不用說英語了。
4. It would be foolish, not to say crazy, to say such a thing.
說這樣的話,即使不能說是瘋狂,也是愚蠢的。

十一、 不定詞的慣用表現

had better + 原形不定詞 → 最好
We had better leave unsaid.
我們最好別說。

would/rather + 原形不定詞 ~ than + 原形不定詞
would/had sooner + 原形不定詞 ~ than + 原形不定詞
→  寧願~而不願...
I would rather go with you than stay here alone.
我寧願和你去也不願獨自留在這裡。

do nothing but + 原形不定詞 → 什麼都不做只~
He did nothing but eat all day.
他整天什麼都不做只是吃。

choose/want/expect/desire + nothing but + to不定詞
→ 除了~其他都不想
She desires nothing but to live peacefully.
她除了平靜地生活其他都不想。

cannot but + 原形不定詞
cannot help + 動名詞
cannot help but + 原形不定詞
→ 不得不~;忍不住~

When I heard the news, I couldn't but cry.
When I heard the news, I couldn't help crying.
When I heard the news, I couldn't help but cry.
當我聽到這個消息,忍不住哭了起來。

have only to 不定詞 → 只要做 ~ 就行
You have only to follow his counsel.
你只要遵從他的建議就行了。
 → All you have to do is (to) follow his counsel.

used to 不定詞 → 以前習慣 ~ ; 過去經常~
My father used to smoke, but now he doesn't.
我父親以前常吸煙,但現在不抽了。

be used to doing → 習慣~
I am used to staying up late at night.
我習慣熬夜。


(貳) 動名詞

動名詞,就是在動詞的原形上加上-ing,使其具有詞、補語或受詞的功能,動名詞具有名詞的特性,同時在內容上也具有動詞的功能。

一、動名詞用法

當主詞
(Ex)
Remembering other people's name is difficult for me.
記住別人的名字對我而言是困難的。
2. Cooking in the open air is good fun.
野炊很好玩。

重點
動名詞當主詞時,也可用假主詞it代替。
將該動名詞片語移至句尾,改變成不定詞片語。
1. It is difficult for me to remember people's names.
2. It is good fun to cook in the open air.

當補語
1. The best exercise in winter is sking.
冬天最好的運動是滑雪。
2. One American tradition is eating turkey on Thanksgiving Day.
在感恩節當天吃火雞肉是美國的一個傳統。

重點
用不定詞當補語,表 --- 目的、計劃、意願、未完成的事。
用動名詞當補語,表 --- 經驗、已知的事。

His hobby is fishing in the lake.(對)
His hobby is to fish in the lake.(錯)

當及物動詞的受詞
1. You have to give up traveling.
你必須放棄旅行。
2. My father enjoys playing golf very much.
我父親佷喜愛打高爾夫球。
3. The old man kept stanking all the while.
那老人一直站著。

當介系詞的受詞
1. He got scolded for being late for school.
他因為上學遲到而挨罵。
2. He left the room without saying a word.
他一句話都沒說就離開房間。

重點
下列句子中的to為介系詞,其後接動名詞。
1. I am looking forward to seeing you again.
我期待再次見到你。
2. I am glad to getting up early.
我習慣早起。
3. He devoted his life to curing the sick in Africa.
他貢獻了他的一生在非洲醫治病患。
4. He is given to lying.
他愛說謊。
5. He prefers skiing to skating.
他喜歡滑雪較不喜歡溜冰。

重點
下列表現,to之後用不定詞或動名詞皆可。
1. He is accustomed to live/living alone.
他習慣獨居。
2. I came (went) near to run/running over a cat.
我差一點輾到一隻貓。
3. He took to drink/dringing after the death of his son.
他在兒子死後就沈溺於喝酒。

二、用不定詞/動名詞當受詞

不定詞當受詞
afford(供給)、agree(同意)、arrange(安排)、bother(打擾)、chance(偶然)、consent(同意)、decide(決定)、demand(要求)、fail(失敗)、hope(希望)、long(期望)、prepare(準備)、pretend(假裝)、profess(假裝說)、promise(承諾)、strive(努力)、tend(有...傾向)、trouble(麻煩)等。

1. The police consented to detect the crime without delay.
警察同意立刻調查該項罪行。
2. He professed to know a lot about China.
他假裝說他對中國很熟悉。

動名詞當受詞
admit(承認)、avoid(避免)、consider(認為)、delay(延誤)、deny(否認)、enjoy(喜愛)、escape(免除)、finish(完成)、give up(放棄)、imagine(想像)、keep(持續)、mind(介意)、miss(錯過)、postpone(延期)、put off(延期)、resist(忍住)、practice(練習)、suggest(建議)等。

1. Have you finished writing an answer to his letter?
你寫好了給他的回信了嗎?
2. Fortunately, he escaped getting hurt.
幸運地,他沒有受傷。

重點
下列動詞,其受詞為不定詞或動名詞,其意思不變。
start(開始)、begin(開始)、cease(停止)、continue(繼續)、like(喜歡)、dislike(不喜歡)、fear(害怕)、hate(討厭)、intend(想要)、attempt(嘗試)、love(喜愛)、neglect(忽視)、omit((因疏忽而)忘記)、prefer(較喜愛)、propose(提議)等。

1. They ceased singing/to sing.
他們停止唱歌。
2. I intend majoring/to major in economics in college.
我想在大學裡主修經濟學。

重點
下列動詞,其受詞為不定詞或動名詞,其意思改變。
try(嘗試)、remember(記得)、forget(忘記)、stop(停止)、regret(後悔)

1. The boy tried to move the heavy sofa.這男孩設法搬動這張很重的沙發。
 ~ 實際上有沒有做是另一回事。
  The boy tried moving the heavy sofa.這男孩嘗試要搬動這張很重的沙發。
 ~ 實際上做做看。
2. I remembered locking the door last night.我記得昨晚有鎖上門。
 ~ 動作已做。
   Remember to lock the door.記得鎖門。
 ~ 動作未做。
3. I'll never forget hearing her song.我將不會忘記聽過她的歌。
 ~ 動作已做。
  I forgot to hear her song.我忘了聽她的歌。
 ~ 動作未做。
4. He stopped having breakfast. 他停止吃早餐。
   He stopped to have a cup of coffee.他停下來喝了杯咖啡。
5. I regret not taking care of myself.我後悔沒有注意自己的健康。
   I regret to say that I cannot help you.很抱歉(遺憾),我不能幫助你。

三、動詞意義上的主詞

整個句子的主詞若與動名詞不同時,須要表示出動名詞意義上的主詞,其方法有二。

所有格 + 動名詞 / 受格 + 動名詞
1. Philip dislikes Amy's/Amy wearing a mini-skirt.
Philip不喜歡Amy穿迷你裙。
2. I can't stand his/him shouting when he is angry.
我無法忍受他在生氣時大叫。

名詞+動名詞 /名詞+'s+動名詞
1. I am confident of our team/our team's winning the tournament.
我有信心我們的隊伍會贏得比賽。
2. She is proud of her son/her son's being clever.
她以她兒子的聰明才智為榮。

四、動名詞的否定、被動、完成形

否定形
→ not (never) + Ving
1. I am ashamed of not knowing the answer.
我不知道答案很丟臉。
2. John's not knowing of their marriage made the matter more complicated.
John不知道他們的婚姻使得事情更加複雜。

被動態 → being + p.p.
1. I don't like being made fun of.
我不喜歡被嘲弄。
2. The regulation saves the area from being damaged.
這項規定使得那個地區免於被破壞。

完成形 → having + p.p.
動名詞所表示的時間,若比述詞動詞所表達的行為或狀態時間更早時,則可用having+p.p.表示。
1. She isn't aware of having done wrong.
  = She isn't aware that she did wrong.
她沒察覺到她已做錯了。
* She is proud of being a teacher.
  → She is proud that she is a teacher.
  她以身為老師為榮。
2. He regrets not having studied harder in school.
他後悔在學時沒有更用功讀書。

五、含動名詞的慣用表現

There is no Ving ~. (~是沒辦法做到的)
1. There is no telling what will happen nest.
我們無法知道下次將發生什麼事。
2. There is no accounting for tastes.
人的好惡是無法解釋的。
 → It is impossible to account for tastes.
 → We cannot acount for tastes.

It is no use / good + Ving ~. (~是沒有用的。)
1. It is no use crying over spilled milk.
覆水難收。
2. It is no use /good trying to persuade him
你想說服他是沒用的。
   → It is of no use trying to persuade him.
   → There is of no use in trying to persuade him.
   → It is no use for you to try to persuade him.
   → It is useless for you to try to persuade him.

feel like Ving (想要)
1. I feel like having a dring.
我想要喝一杯。
 → I want to have a drink.
 → I would like to have a drink.

cannot help Ving (忍不住)
1. I couldn't help laughin when I saw his haircut.
當我看到他的髮型時,我忍不住笑了。
  → I couldn't but laugh when I saw his haircut.

be worth Ving (值得)
1. Whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing sell.
只要有一點值得做的事就值得好好做。
2. This book is worth reading.
這本書值得讀 
   → It is worth while reading/to read the book.
3. It would be worth his while helping/to help the foreigner.
他幫助那外國人是值得的。

On Ving (一~就~)
On coming home, he switched on the television.
他一回到家就打開電視。
 → As soon as he came home, he switched on the television.

in Ving (當~時)
I slipped in getting off the train.
當我下火車時,滑了一跤。
 → I slipped when (while) I was getting off the train.

It goes without saying that ~.(不用說;自不待言)
It goes without saying that our plans depend on the weather.
不用說我們的計劃取決於天氣。
 → Needless to say, our plans depend on the weather.

What do you say to Ving ~. (~如何?)
What do you say to taking a walk by the sea?
去海邊散步如何?
 → How about taking a woak the by sea?

need / want / deserve / stand ...等 + Ving  → 有被動之意
1. This watch needs repairing.
這手需要修理。
2. The child wants scolding.
這孩子需要被罵。
3. He deserves helping.
他值得別人幫忙。
4. This cloth does not stand (bear) washing.
這塊布禁不起洗。


(參) 假設語氣

直述句
If you are free, please help me with my homework.
 → 表 "有幫忙的可能性存在"。

假設句
If I were free, I would help you with your homework.
 → 表 "我現在沒空,所以無法幫你" 之意。

一、假設法現在式

(表示現在或未來之不確定的假設)

If + 主詞 + 現在式動詞......,主詞 + will/shall + 原形動詞......
If + 主詞 + 原形動詞<舊式說法> + will/shall + 原形動詞......
If it rains tomorrow, we will cancel the picnic.
如果明天下雨的話,我們將取消這次的野餐。

重點
下列兩句型中,可用假設法現在式。
主詞 + 動詞(suggest, demand, insist, agree...等) + that + 假設法現在式.
1. I suggest that everyone (should) help in some way.
我提議每一個人都以某種方式幫忙。
2. I insist that she (should) consult the doctor.
我堅持她要去看醫生。

It is + 形容詞(necessary, important...等) + that + 假設法現在式.
It is important that she (should) be honest.
誠實對我們而言很重要。

二、假設法過去式

(表示與現在事實相反的假設)

If + 主詞 + were ..., + 主詞 + would,could/should,might + 原形動詞...
If + 主詞 + 過去過式動詞 ..., + 主詞 + would,could/should,might + 原形動詞...
If + 主詞 + 過去式助動詞 + ..., + 主詞 + would,could/should,might + 原形動詞...

1. If I were young, I could enjoy this party.
如果我還年輕,我就能夠樂在派對中。
事實是:
As I am not young, I cannt enjoy the party.
2. If I had a lot of money, I would buy a yacht.
如果我有很多錢,我就買一艘遊艇。
事實是:
As I don't have much money, I won't buy a yacht.

三、假設法過去完成式

(表示與過去事實相反的假設)

If + 主詞 + 過去完成式(had + p.p.) ..., + 主詞 + would,could/should,might + have + p.p.

1. If I had known the gossip then, I would have told you.
如果我那時知道這個流言,我早就告訴你了。
事實是:
As I didn't know the gossip then, I wouldn't tell you.
2. We would not have dozed off if our teacher had spoken louder.
如果那時我們的老師講課大聲點,我們就不會打瞌睡。
事實是:
We dozed off as our teacher didn't speak loud.

注意
在條件子句中,除了if之外,也可用suppose(supposing)、suppose(that)、providing(provided)、provided that、as(=so)long as、in case、unless等字。但unless通常不用於假設5語氣的句子中。
1. Suppose (Supposing) you had ten million dollars, what would you like to do first?
假設你有一千萬美金,你會先做什麼?
2. I will stay here provided (providing) the climate agrees with me tomorrow.
如果明天這裡氣候適合的話,我就待下來。

重點
假設法過去及假設法過去完成式混用。

If I had done my homework yesterday, I would go on a date with her now.
如果我昨天做完功課的話,我今天就可以和她約會。
事實是:
As I didn't do my homework yesterday, I don't go on a date with her now.

四、假設語法未來式

If + 主詞 + should(萬一)/were to + 原形動詞..., S + would(will...等) + 原形動詞
1. If it should rain tomorrow, the game would (will) be put off.
萬一明天下雨的話,比賽將會延期。
(明天可能會下雨,但機率很低。)
2. If the Pacific Ocean were to dry up, I would change my mind.
如果太平洋乾涸的話,我會改變心意。
(決不會改變心意。)

重點
假設句中,也可將If省略,形成Were(Had/Should等) + 主詞的順序。
Were I a bird, I could fly to you.
( → If I were a bird, I could fly to you.)
如果我是一隻鳥,我就能飛向你。
2. Had he known the truth, he would have told you.
( → If hd had known the truth, he would have told you.)
如果他知道真相,他會告訴你。
3. Should it rain, I would stay at home.
(→ If it should rain, I would stay at home.)
萬一下雨的話,我會待在家。)

五、假其他設法的表現

... as if /as though (彷彿;好像) + S + 假設法過去式/假設法過去完成式

1. He talks as if (→ as though) he knew everything.
他說得好像他知道一切。
2. She looks as if (→ as though) she had seen a ghost.
她看起來好像她那時見到鬼了。
3. He laughed as (→ as though) nothing had happened.
他那時笑得彷彿之前什麼都沒發生。

... wish (希望) + S + 假設法過去式/假設法過去完成式
1. I wish I knew Annie's cellular phone number.
我希望我知道安妮的手機號碼。
事實是:
I'm sorry I don't know Ammie's cellular phone number.
2. I wish I hadn't bought such an expensive dress.
我希望那時我沒有買那麼貴的洋裝。
事實是:
I'm sorry I bought such an expensive dress then.

It's time/about time/almost time/high time + (that) + S + 假設法過去式

1. It's past midnight.  It's time (that) the children went to bed.
已過午夜了。該是小朋友上床睡覺的時間了。
* It's time (that) the children sent to bed.
  → It's time for children to go to bed.
2. It's about time you apologized to her for what you did.
該是你為你的所做所為向她道歉的時候了。

If only + 主詞 + 假設法過去式!/假設法過去完成式!

1. If only my tooth would stop hurting!
但願我的牙齒不疼了!
2. If only I had taken her advice.
但願那時我有接受她的忠告。

注意
if only ... 和 I wish... 在表現上意思差不多

If it were not for ... → 假設法過去式
If it had not been for ... → 假設法過去完成式
  (若沒有…的話)

1. If it were not for music, he could not live a moment.
   → Were it not for music, he could not live a moment.
   → Without music, he could not live a moment.
   → But for music, he could not live a moment.
若沒有音樂,他一刻也無法生存。
2. If it had not been for the traffic jam, we would have been in time for the game.
   → Had it not been for the traffic jam, we would have been in time for the game.
   → Without the traffic jam, we would have been in time for the game.
   → But for the traffic jam, we would have been in time for the game.
要是那時沒有塞車,我們就能及時趕上比賽。

六、代替if子句的用法

除了連接詞if開始的副詞子句之外,不定詞、副詞片語、分詞構句等有時也有假設的功能。

(a) 不定詞

To hear him talk, you would think he knew all about the secret.
聽到他說的話,你一定會以為他知道所有的秘密。
→ If you heard him talk, you would think he knew all about the secret.

(b) 副詞片語/副詞連接詞

1. I know he is innocent; otherwise I wouldn't try to save him.
我知道他是無辜的;否則我不會設法救他。
→ If I didn't know he was innocent, I wouldn't try to save him.
2. We hid in the forest; otherwise they would have found us.
那時我們躲在森林裡;否則他們會找到我們。
→ If we hadn't hidden in the forest, they would have found us.
3. With a little patience, you could get over your difficulty.
如果稍微有點耐性,你就能夠克服困難。
→ If you had a little patience, you could get over your difficulty.
4. Then years ago, I could have run around this lake within half an hour.
如果在十年前,我繞著這湖跑一圈只要半小時就好了。
→ If it had been ten years ago, I could have run around this lake within half an hour.

(c) 分詞構句

1. The same man, living in this century, would be a hero.
同樣這個人,若生在這世紀,一定是位英雄。
→ The same man, if he were living in this century, would be a hero.
2. Seen from a distance, you might look handsome.
稍微遠一點看,你看起來就很帥。
→ If you were seen from a distance, you might look handsome.

(d) 做主詞的名詞

1. A man of sense wouldn't say such a thing.
有知識的人不會這麼說的。
→ If he were a man of sense, he would not say such a thing.
2. A secret agent would never tell you his real namr.
情報人員是不會告訴你他的真實姓名的。
→ If he were a secret agent, he would never tell you his rreal name.


(肆) 否定

否定字的表現

not

1. My boss did not tell me to wear jeans.我的上司沒告訴我要穿牛仔褲。
   My boss told me not to wear jeans.我上司告訴我不要穿牛仔褲。
2. Dave is an Australian, not an Austrian.
Dave是澳洲人,不是奧地利人。
3. I met him on the street, not at the office.
我在街上遇到,他而不是在辦公室。
4. She loves him not because he is handsome, but because he is warmhearted.
她愛他不是因為他長得帥,而是因為他很貼心。

no

1. I have no one to count on. 我沒有人可以依賴。
 => I don't have anyone to count on.
2. No students are allowed to enter the room.
沒有學生被允許可以進入房間。
3. Nobody is allowed to enter the room.
沒有人被允許可以進入房間。
4. He is no genius.
他絕非天才。

never

1. It never snows in the Sahara Desert.
撒哈拉沙漠絕不會下雪。
2. You should never walk alone at night.
你不該晚上一個人散步。

hardly, scarcely, rarely, seldom

1. His success is hardly possible.
他的成功幾乎是不可能的。
2. The injured child could scarcely walk.
那受傷的小孩幾乎不能行走。
3. I rarely listen to classical music.
我很少聽古典音樂。
4. England has seldom won the World Cup.
英國很少贏得世界盃。

few, little

1. Few (people) are satisfied with his answer.
幾乎沒有人對他的答案感到滿意。
2. He showed little interest in math.
他對數學沒什麼興趣。

部份否定

1. Both of my friends did not go abroad for advance study.
我的朋友並非兩位都出國深造了。
注意 全部否定為:
Neither of my friends went abroad for advanced study.
2. He did not read all of these comic books.
他並非讀了所有的漫畫書。
注意 全部否定為:
He did not read any of these comic books.
=> He read none of these comic books.
3. She does not always agree with me.
她並非總是同意我。
4. Not everybody can be a poet.
並非每個人都能成為詩人。
5. Beautiful flowers do not necessarily smell sweet.
美麗的花朵未必都很香。

注意
quite(相當地)、altogether(完全地)、completely(完全地)、entirely(完全地)、exactly(確實地)
等和not共用,就會形成部份否定。

雙重否定

1. You can't make an omelet without breaking some eggs.
你不可能不打破幾個蛋而可以做蛋捲的。
2. It is not unusual for couples to quarrel.
夫妻吵架並不稀奇。

否定的慣用表現

1. He is by no means a fool.他絕非笨蛋。
=> He is not a fool at all.
2. Travelling to the moon is no longer a dream.到月球旅行不再是夢想。
=> Travelling to the moon is not a dream any longer.
3. You cannot be too careful when you drive at night.
夜晚開車時再怎麼小心也不為過。
4. It was not long before the earthquake stopped.
不久後地震就停了。
5. I didn't graduate from university until I was twenty-five.我直到25歲才大學畢業。
=> It was not untill I was twenty-five that I graduate from university.
6. Babies do nothing but cry.
寶寶只會哭。
7. I cannot help admiring his courage.我不得不佩服他的勇氣。
=> I cannot but admire his courage.
8. There is not telling what may happen.無法得知可能會發生什麼事。
=> It is impossible to tell what may happen.
9. He can ride a motorcycle, not to mention a bicycle.
他會騎摩托車,更別提腳踏車了。
10. The soldier got an order and lost no time in carrying it out.
那士兵接到命令就立刻執行。

不用否定字的否定表現

1. Who knows what will happen tomorrow?誰曉得明天會發生什麼事?
=> No one knows what will happen tomorrow.
2. This book was too boring for me to read through.
這本書對我而言太無聊無法看完。
3. He would be the last person to tell a lie.
他絕不會說謊。
4. The story he told me was anything but boring.
他告訴我的故事一點也不會無聊。
5. Five hundred dollars for a pair of shoes is far from cheap!
500元買一雙鞋絕不便宜!
6. This district is free from air pollution.
這地方是沒有空氣污染的。
7. The view from the window was beautiful beyond description.
從窗戶望出去的景觀美得筆墨難以形容。
8. This book is quite above me (=> my understanding).
這本書遠超過我的理解能力。
9. He is above cheating on a test.
他考試不可能做弊。
10. The alarm clock failed to go off.
這鬧鐘不會響了。
11. Heavy fog kept us from driving fast.
濃霧使我們無法開快車。

注意
阻止;防止:
keep ...from... / hinder...from... / stop...from... / Protect...from... / prevent...from...

12. You had better refrain from alcohol.
你最好避免喝酒。
13. I know better than to do such a thing.
我還沒有笨到去做那種事。
14. We tried to open the door, but in vain.
我們設法打開門,但卻做不到。

謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
第二冊
(伍) 句子的要素及種類

所謂句子，就是能夠完整表達出說話者思想、情感等的一個字或字群。在寫英文句子時，通常第一字的開頭字母須大寫，句尾則標上句點(。)、問號(?)或驚歎號(!)。
1. Congratulations!(恭喜。) 
2. I enjoy reading.(我喜愛閱讀。) 
3. Would you like to join us?(你要加入我們嗎?)

一、詞類

名詞(Noun):人、事、地、物的名稱。如: teacher,computer。
冠詞(Article):表示特定或不特定的人、事、物，放名詞前。如:a,an,the。
代名詞(Pronoun):代替名詞的字。如:I,him,some。
形容詞(Adjective):表示名詞、代名詞的性質、狀態、數量等。如:happy,many。 
副詞(Adverb):表示時間、地點、程度等,修飾動詞、形容詞、副詞。如:tomorrow,here,very。
動詞(Verb):表示人、事、物的狀態或動作。如:be,love,run。
助動詞(Auxiliary verb):和本動詞結合,表示時態、語態、否定、疑問等。如:have,do,can。
連接詞(Conjunction):連接單字、片語、子句等。如:and,but,when。
介系詞(Preposition):放名詞前,表時間、地點等。或者和動詞連結，形成片語。如:in, on, at。
感歎詞(Interjection):表說話者的喜怒哀樂，其句尾常加驚歎號。如:oh,well,ouch。

The cotch shouted loudly,"Hey,run to the goa1!" but the players couldn't hear his voice.  And they lost the final match.
(教練大聲地叫道:「喂，快跑到球門去!」但球員們並沒有聽到他的聲音。而他們還是輸了最後一場比賽。) 

二、片語及子句

(1) 片語 - 分為三類:
副詞片語、形容詞片語、名詞片語。

1. I often stop at a convenience store on my way home.
 (在我回家途中我通常會順便去便利商店。)
2. The book on tbe desk is m1ne.
 (書桌上的書是我的。)
3, I put my books on the desk. 
 (我把書放在書桌上。)
4. I don't know what to do.
 (我不知道該怎麼辨。)

(2)子句 - 子句為句子的一部份，其本身含有主詞十動詞。

That 1 love you is true.
     S.V.
       S.        V. C.

a.對等子句 -- 由對等連接詞連接。 
Jane went out, but NIike stayed home.
(Jane出去了，但Mike在家。) 
b.名詞子句，形容詞子句，副詞子句 -- 由從屬連接詞連接。
1.1 know that you are doing your best. 
(我知道你會盡力而為。)
2. These are pictures which 1 took in Kenting. 
 (這些是我在墾丁拍的照片。) 
3. Judy put her coat on a hanger before she sat down. 
 (Jane坐下前把她的外套掛在衣架上。)


三、句子的要素 

句子由主部及述部組成。在主部中，有主詞這個要素。在述部中有述語動詞，補語，受詞三種要素。
 
1. We laughed. 
We=主部 laughed=述部
2. The tal1 boy looks tired. 
The tall boy =主部
looks tired =述部
3. All the students in the school must wear uniforms.
All the students in the school =主部
must wear uniforms =述部

(1)主詞 - 名詞或名詞相等語。 
1. The telephone rang early in the morning.(一大早電話就響了。) 
2. He is a famous musician. (他是有名的音樂家。) 
3. To read novels is pleasant.(閱讀小說是愉快的。) 
4. Learning a foreign language is important.(學習外文是重要的。) 
5. Who to bell the cat is a big problem.(由誰擔任這危險的任務是一大問題。) 
6. That he is honest is true.(他很誠實是真的。)

注意
the + 形容詞 /the + 分詞等同於名詞也可做主詞 
1. The rich are not always happy.(富人並非總是快樂的。) 
2. The wounded numbered ten.(負傷者有十人。)
 
(2)動詞
由結構分 - 可分為一個字的動詞及複合動詞。 
1. I saw a girl on the street.(我在街上看見一位女孩。) 
2. I have given up smoking.(我已戒煙了。)

由用法分
受詞的有無 -- 及物動詞，不及物動詞。
補語的有無一不完全動詞，完全動詞。
1. 1 love chocolate.(我喜愛巧克力。)
2. The car won't start.(車子發不動。)
3. The sky is blue.(天空很藍。) 

(3)受詞-名詞或名詞相等語 
1. She cooks dinner after school.(她放學後要煮晚餐。) 
2. I have met him at the meeting.(我在會議上遇到他。) 
3. He began to sing.(他開始唱歌。)
4. He enjoyed playing tennis. (他喜愛打網球。) 
5. He knew who to ask.(他知道該問誰。) 
6.I believed what he said.(我相信他所說的。) 
7. The ambulances sent the injured to the hospital.(救護車將傷者送到醫院。) 

(4)補語 - 名詞，形容詞，副詞及其相等語。
1. His latest novel is interesting.(他最新的小說很有趣。) 
  I found his latest novel interesting. (我發現他最新的小說很有趣。) 
2. The blue sweater is mine.(那藍色的毛衣是我的。) 
3. One of my hobbies is'making artificial flowers.(做人造花是我的興趣之一。) 
4. The cat is under the table.(那隻貓在桌子底下。) 

(5)修飾語 
修飾名詞
1. A little girl was carrying a basket full of apples. 
(一個小女孩正提著一個裝滿蘋果的籃子。) 
2. Please give me something interesting to read.(請給我有趣的東西讀。) 

注意
1.形容詞 beautiful flowers 
2.冠詞 an apple 
3.代名詞 your family
4.分 詞 - 現在分詞 a sleepiug baby 
  過去分詞 - a fallen tree 
5.不定詞 something to eat 
6.片語 a picture on the wall 
7.子句 books which 1 have already read

修飾動詞,形容詞,副詞
1. He usuaHy jogs in the park for an hour before breakfast.(他通常在早餐前在那公園慢跑一小時。) 
2. Very strange men walked quite fast down the stairs. (那些很奇怪的男人相當快地走下樓去。) 

注意 
1.副詞 walk very slowly
2.片語 look out of the window 
3.不定詞 go out to buy a book
4.子句 I'11 stay here till he comes back.


四、句子的種類

(1)由內容分 

直述句 - 包含肯定句及否定句。 

1. M1y sister is a TV director.(我姊姊是位電視導演。)
My sister is not a TV director.(我姊姊不是電視導演。)

2.We have school even on Saturdays.(我們甚至於在星期大都要上學。)
We do not have school on Saturdays.(我們星期六不用上學。)

疑問句

(a) Yes/No問句
be動詞或助動詞為首的問句。
1. Do you know her address? -Yes, I do.(你知道她的住址嗎?是的,我知道。) 
2. Are you going shopping with me? -No, I am not. (你要和我一起去逛街嗎?)
3. Can you do me a favor? -Sure. (你能幫我一個忙嗎?好的。 ) 
4. Doesn't he speak English? -Yes, he does. (他不說英語嗎?他說英語。)

(b) WH問句
疑問詞為首的問句。
1.Where are you from? - I'm from Sydney,Australia.(你來自哪裡?我來自澳洲雪梨。)
2.When did you hear the news? - The day before yesterday.(你何時聽到這謠言? 前天。)
3. How long will you be here? - For two weeks. (你會在這待多久?兩週。) 

注意
<疑問詞+動詞...?>
l. What is your favorite subject? -History. (你最愛的科目是什麼?歷史。) 
2. Who left the window open? - I did.(誰讓窗戶開著? 是我。)

(c)選擇問句
由兩個以上的答案中，選擇一個答案的問句。 
1. Is Mr. Brown a pianist or a cellist? - A pianist.(布朗先生是鋼琴家或大提琴家呢? 鋼琴家。)
2. Would you like coffee or tea? - Coffee, please. (你要咖啡或茶?咖啡。)
3. Who runs faster, Tom or John? Tom does.(誰跑得較快呢?Tom或John?是Tom。)

(d) 附加問句
在肯定句或否定句後的疑問句。
1. It's very hot today, isn't it? Yes, it is. (天氣很熱，不是嗎?是的。) 
2. Jack didn't solve the problem, did he?(Jack沒解決這難題，是嗎?)

(e) 修辭問句

這種問句,並不一定需要回答,事實上是一種帶有反問語氣的問句。
1. Who knows? (誰知道?)
 (→  No one knows.) 
2. Isn't it funny? (這不是很好笑嗎?)
(→  It is very funny.) 

(f)間接問句
此問句在子句中為<S + V>的形式。
1. Do you know what time it is? (你知不知道現在幾點?)
Yes, I do. (是的，我知道。) 
2. What time do you know it is? (你知道現在幾點嗎?) 
It is twelve o'clock. (現在十二點。) 
 
祈使句
表示希望，請求，命令的句子。
1. Wait a minute, please.(請等一下。)
2. Don't worry about such a thing.(別擔心這樣的事。)
3. Have a drink. (喝一杯吧。)
 
感歎句
表示強烈感慨或驚歎的句子,句尾須加驚歎號。
1. How beautiful! (好美啊!) 
2. How beautiful a girl (she is) !  (好美的一個女孩!) 
 →  What a beautiful girl she is ! 
3. What a shame! (好丟臉啊! )
4. How hard it rains!(好大的雨啊!)

注意
感歎句的句型如下:
How + 形容詞/副詞 + a/an + 名詞 + 主詞 + 動詞! 
What+ a/an + 形容詞 + 名詞 + 主詞 + 動詞!

(2) 由結構分

單句

只有一個主部+述部即為單句。
1. 1 have a sufficient income to support you. (我有足夠的收入可以養你。)
2. Happy melnories came and went in my mind. (快樂的回憶在我腦海中流過。) 
3. Jason and Jack rushed into the classroom. (Jason和Jack衝進教室。) 

合句

由對等連接詞連接的兩對等子句，稱為合句。
1. I missed the 1ast train, so 1 took a taxi home. (我錯過末班火車所以搭計程車回家。) 
2. The driver tried to control the car, but it crashed into a tree.(駕駛試著要控制住那輛車，但它還是撞上樹幹。)
 

複句

由從屬連接詞所連接的主要子句及從屬子句，稱為複句。
1. Who did it is still a mystery.(誰做了這件事仍是個謎。) 
2. He is the man who saved my son from drowning.(他就是從水中救起我兒子的那個人。)
3. 1 want to finish the work before it gets dark.(我想在天黑前完成這工作。)

複合句

用對等連接詞將單句及複句,或複句及複句結合成句者，稱為複合句。
1. She knew what she wanted, but she never told anyone.(她知道自己要什麼，但她從不告訴別人。)
2.1 know the girl who is talking to Mr. Green but my brother doesn't know who she is. (我認識那位正在和Green先生聊天的女孩，但我哥哥不知道她是誰。) 


(陸) 五大句型

動詞,分(1)不及物動詞(v.i.);(2)及物動詞(v.t.)
動詞,又有(1)完全動詞;(2)不完全動詞。

動詞(V.)-不及物動詞(v.i.)-完全動詞 →  S+V.(第一句型)
動詞(V.)-不及物動詞(v.i.)-不完全動詞 →  S+V+C(第二句型)
動詞(V.)-及物動詞(v.t.)-完全動詞 →  S+V+O(第三句型)
動詞(V.)-及物動詞(v.t.)-完全動詞 →  S+V+O+O(第四句型)
動詞(V.)-及物動詞(v.t.)-不完全動詞 →  S+V+O+C(第五句型)

1. He got to London yesterday. (到達) 
2. He got angry. (變得) 
3. He got a newspaper. (買)
4. He got me a newspaper. (替...取來) 
5. He got his children ready. (把...弄得..) 


第一句型:S+V

此句型的動詞不需要受詞或補語,但一般的句子多伴隨有修飾語。
1. Amy lives in this town. (Amy住在這個鎮上。)
2. My older brother usually goes to bed at ten.(我哥哥通常在十點上床睡覺。)
3. In Florada, it usually rains for about an hour every day during the hottest season. (在佛羅里達，最熱的季節中每天通常會下約一小時的雨。)

注意
There be...及 Here be...的句型，是由第一句型(S+V)演變而來。其中 there,here只能視為具有副詞功能的修飾語。
l. Here comes a bus. (公車來了。)
2. There are many books on the shelf. (這書架上有許多書。)

注意
Here you are. (你要的東西在這裡。) 

翻譯練習
1.台灣的生活最近十年改變很多。
(1)主詞→生活
(2)動詞→改變。 *時態→(最近十年)→現在完成式
(3)句型→生活改變→life has changed (life=S.; has changed=V.)
* Life in Taiwan has changed a lot during the last ten years.

2.那可憐的小女孩驚恐地逃離兩頭蛇。
重要字詞:驚恐地in a fright, 逃離 run away,兩頭蛇two-headed snake 
(1)主詞:女孩 
(2)動詞:逃離。 *時態→(動作發生了)→過去式
(3)句型:女孩逃離→girl ran away 
* The poor little girl ran away from the two-headed snake In a fright.


第二句型: S+V+C.

此句型的動詞之後須有補語來補充說明主詞，即主詞補語。
而第二句型中的動詞可分下列四種:

(1)表狀態
be, lie, sit, stand, stay, rest, remain, keep等。
1. He lay still on the bed.(他一動也不動地躺在床上。)
2. My uncle stayed a bachelor all his life.(我叔叔終身未娶。)

(2)表狀態變化
come, be come, go, get, grow, make, turn, fall, run等。
1. At last my dream has come true.(最後我的夢想終於實現。〉 
2. As we grow older, our memories become weaker.(隨著年齡增加，我們的記憶便逐漸衰退。) 
3. The milk has gone sour. (牛奶變酸了。)
4. I fell asleep in class yesterday. (昨天我在課堂上睡著了。)

(3)表「似乎...」
seem, appear等。 
1. The child seelned (to be) tired. (那女孩好像累了。) 
 →  It seemed that the child was tired.
2. She seems to be an American.(她好像是美國人。) 

注意
(1)主詞+seem/appear+形容詞...
(2)主詞+seem/appear+to V ...
(3)It seems/appear that+主詞十動詞... 

3. She appeared to know nothing about it.(關於那件事她似乎一無所知。) 

(4)表「...起來」
feel, look, smell, taste, sound等。
1. Ice feels hard and cold.(冰摸起來又硬又冰。)
2. This flower smells very sweet.(這朵花開起來好香。) 
3. This medicine tastes bitter.(這藥嚐起來很苦。)

注意
feel (look...)+形容詞
feel (look...)+like+名詞 

1. How does the little tiger look?(這小老虎看起來如何?)
 It looks cute.(牠看起來很可愛。)
2. What does the little tiger 1OOk like?(這隻小老虎看起來像什麼?)
 lt looks like a cat.(牠看起來像貓。)

注意 feel的用法
feel like+名詞→摸起來像...
feel like +名詞/V-ing→想要...
feeling+形容詞→漸漸覺得...(主詞須為人)

1. It feels like fur.(它摸起來像毛皮。) 
2. I don't feellike taking a walk now.(我現在不想去散步。)
3. After taking medicine, I'm feeling much better.(吃過藥後，我漸漸覺得好多了。)

翻譯練習
1.它們在我拍的照片中看起來很生動。
重要字詞:拍照take pictures; 生動lively
(1)主詞:它們
(2)動詞:看起來。 *動詞→(描述事實)→現在式
(3)補語:生動
(4)句型:它們看起來生動→they look lively
* Tbey look very lively in the pictures which I took.

2.都市中空氣污染的問題已經變得愈來愈嚴重。
重要字詞:空氣污染 air pollution,問題 problem,愈來愈嚴重more and more serious
(1)主詞:問題
(2)動詞:變得。 * 時態→(已經...)→現在完成式
(3)補語:嚴重
(4)句型:問題變得嚴重 problem has become serious.
* The problem of air pollution in cities has become more and more serious.

第三句型：S+V+O

此句型中的動詞後須有受詞，但不需補語。

1. I didn’t understand the meaning of his words.
   (我不了解他話中的意思。)
2. The man robbed him of all his momeny. (那個人搶了他所有的錢。)
   → He was robbed of all his money.
注意   rob + 人 + of + 物
       Steal + 物 + from + 人
3. My mother will take care of the puppy. (我母親會照顧那小狗。)

重點

動詞（dream, sleep, live, die, fight, smail等）+ 同族受詞
1. I dreamed a strange dream last night. (我昨晚做了一個奇怪的夢。)
2. I slept a sound sleep in the soft bed.
 (我在柔軟的床上睡了舒服的一覺。)
3. She lived an unhappy life. (她過著不幸的生活。)
4.He died a miserable death. (他死得很慘。)
5. They fought a good fight. (他們打了漂亮的一戰。)
6. She smiled a sweet smile. (她笑得很甜。)

翻譯練習
1. 每天下午有一個小販開著小貨車到我們社區來賣菜。
  重要字詞：小販 vendor；小貨車 pickup；社區 community；
            菜 vegetables
  (1) 主詞：小販
 (2) 動詞：開 ※ 時態 → （每天下午）→習慣 → 現在式
 (3) 受詞：小貨車
 (4) 句型：小販開小貨車 vendor drives pickup
※ Every afternoon a vendor drives a pickup to our community to sell vegetables.

2.他認識我們附近的每一個人，而我們每一個人也認識他。
(1)主詞1:他
(2)動詞1:認識。 * 時態:(事實)→現在式
(3)受詞1:每一個人
(4)句型:他認識每一個人 he knows everyone.
(1)主詞2:我們每個人
(2)動詞2:認識
(3)受詞2:他
(4)句型:我們每個人認識他 every one of us knows him
* He knows every one of us in our neighborhood, and every one of us knows him, too.

第四句型:S+V+O+O. 

此句型中的動詞為授與動詞，其後有兩個受詞。一為間接受詞(人)，一為直接受詞(物)。 
句型:主詞+授與動詞(+人+物)
  主詞+授與動詞(+物+介系詞+人) 

重點
授與動詞之後的介系詞可分下列幾項:
(1)介系詞 to
 allow(准許) promise(承諾) award(授與) read(唸) give(給予) recommend(推薦) grant(給予) sell(賣) hand(遞給) send(送) lend(借) show(展示) pass(傳給) teach(教) pay(支付) tell(告訴) write(寫)

1. He handed the clerk the money. (他把錢遞給店員。)
  →  He handed the money to the clerk.
2. The teacher recommended us the book. (老師向我們推薦這本書。)
 → The teacher recommended the book to us.

(2)介系詞for
bring(帶來) get(取得) buy(買) leave(留下) call(叫喚) make(製造) choose(選) order(訂) cook(做菜) prepare(準備) do(做) save(保留) find(發現) spare(挪出)
1. She made her daughter a new dress.(她為她女兒做了一件新洋裝。)
 →  She made a new dress for her daughter.
2. Can you spare me a few minutes?(你能為我撥出幾分鐘嗎?)
 →  Can you spare a few minutes for me?

(3)其他 
1. He asked me a strange question.(他問我一個奇怪的問題。)
 →   He asked a strange question of me.
2. He threw me a stone. (他向我丟了一個石頭。)
 →  He threw a stone at me.
3. He played me a trick. (他對我惡作劇。)
 →  He played a trick on me.

重點
直接受詞(物)若改為代名詞,只能用句型<直接受詞+介系詞+間接受詞>。
1. Would you please pass it to me? (請把它傳給我好嗎?)
2. I'll buy it for you. (我會買給你。) 

重點
名詞片語、名詞子句也可當直接受詞。
1. He told lne how to stop smoking.(他告訴我如何戒煙。) 
2. She told us (that) he would leave for America soon.(她告訴我們他不久後將前往美國。) 

翻譯練習
1.他的雙親留給他一大筆財富。 
重要字詞:留leave 財富fortune
(1)主詞:他的雙親
(2)動詞:留。 * 時態→(動作已做)→過去式
(3)受詞:他/財富
(4)句型:他的雙親給他財富 his parents left him fortune.
* His parents left him a big fortune.
  His parents left a big fortune for him. 

2.她給她的朋友和她丈夫的朋友寄了很多聖誕卡。
(1)主詞:她
(2)動詞:寄。 * 時態→(動作已做)→過去式
(3)受詞:她的朋友/她丈夫的朋友/聖誕卡
(4)句型:她寄給她的朋友、她丈夫的朋友聖誕卡
       →  She sent her friends her husband's friends Christmas card. 
* She sent both her friends and her husband's friends a lot of Christmas cards.

第五句型: S+V+O+C.

此句型中的動詞須要受詞，且受詞之後須要補語補充說明，即受詞補語。
1. They found that stranger a spy.(他們發現那陌生人是間諜。)
2. We must always keep the classroom clean. (我們必須隨時保持教室乾淨。)
3. All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy. (光是工作不玩樂，孩子就會成呆瓜。) 
4. I'm going to paint my house white tomorrow.(明天我要把房子漆成白色。)

重點
使役動詞，感官動詞用不定詞，分詞當受詞補語。
(1)使役動詞
* make/have +O.+原形不定詞(受詞主動)
  make/have +O.+p.p.(受詞被動)

* let+O.+原形不定詞(受詞主動)
  let+O.+be+p.p.(受詞被動)

* get+O.+to不定詞(受詞主動)
  get+O.+p.p(受詞被動)

1. I can't make him understand it.(我無法使他了解這件事。)
2. I can't make myyself understood in English.(我無法用英文表達我自己。)
3. He wouldn't let his daughter go out alone.(他不讓他女兒獨自出門。) 
4. He let the work be done soon.(他讓這工作很快地被完成。) 
5. You don't have to do it by yourself; I'll get him to help you (to) finish it.
(你不必獨自做這件工作;我會叫他幫你做完。)

注意 help+O.+(to) V. 
6. I had my hair cut.(我剪頭髮了。) -- 被動 
7. I had my money stolen.(我的錢被偷了。) -- 受害

(2)感官動詞
fell, see, watch,               原形不定詞(主動)
look at, notice, observe + O. + 現在分詞(主動)
hear, listen to                 過去分詞(被動)

1. 1 heard my mother humming a tune.(我聽到我母親在哼著曲調。) 
2. 1 heard something crash against the wall.(我聽到有東西砸在牆上碎掉的聲音。) 
3.1 saw the boy punished by his father.(我看見那男孩被他父親處罰。) 

翻譯練習
1.經常的示威已使台北的交通惡化。
重要字詞:經常frequent, 示威 demonstration
(1)主詞:示威 
(2)動詞:使...。 * 時態→(已經...)→現在完成式
(3)受詞:交通
(4)補語:惡化
(5)句型:示威使交通惡化 demonstration have made traffic worse.
* Frequent demonstration have made the traffic in Taipei worse.

2.孩子們總是認為他們的家是天堂。
重要字詞:認為 consider, 天堂 heaven 
(1)主詞:孩子們
(2)動詞:認為。* 時態:(事實)→現在式	 
(3)受詞:他們的家
(4)補語:天堂
(5)句型:孩子們認為他們家是天堂children consider their house heaven.
* The children always consider their house a heaven.

3.管理階層想要所有的員工準時。
重要字詞:管理階層 managen1ent, 員工 employee, 準時 punctual 
(1)主詞:管理階層
(2)動詞:想要
(3)受詞:員工
(4)補語:準時
(5)句型: management want employee punctual.
* The management want all the employees to be punctual.


(柒) 比較 

形容詞，副詞的字形變化，可表現出性質'狀態，數量等程度，即為比較。又分為原級、比較級、最高級。

一、比較變化
(1)規則變化 
原級+er、est --- 原級:tall 比較級:taller  最高級:tallest
                 原級:young  比較級:younger  最高級:youngest
原級字尾有e+r、st ---  原級:wise 比較級: wiser  最高級:wisest 
                       原級:large 比較級:larger  最高級:largest
短母音加子音
→ 重複字尾+er、est  ---  原級:hot 比較級:hotter  最高級:hottest
                          原級:big 比較級:bigger  最高級:biggest
字音+y:重複字尾+er、est ---  原級:busy  比較級:busier  最高級:busiest
                             原級:happy 比較級:happier  最高級:happiest
子音+y:去y+ier、iest ---  原級:busy 比較級:busier 最高級:busiest
                          原級:happy 比較級:happier 最高級:happiest
more、most+加多音節  --- 原級:careful 比較級:more careful 最高級:most careful
                         原級:difficult  比較級:more difficult 最高級:most diffcult

(2)不規則變化
原級:good,well  比較級:better 最高級:best
原級:bad,ill    比較級:worse 最高級:worst
原級:many,much  比較級:more 最高級:most
原級:little  比較級:less  最高級:lest

重點
兩種不同的比較級、最高級 
1. far(遠) farther/further - farthest/furthest(表距離) 
   far(遠) further - furthest(表程度)

Rome is farther from London than Paris is.(從倫敦到羅馬比到巴黎遠。)
Did you get further information? (你有得到更詳細的資料嗎?)

2. late(遲;晚) later - latest(表時間) 
  late(遲;晚) latter - last(表順序)

He got up later than usual.(他比平常起得早。)
The latter part of the story was not interesting.(這故事的後半段不有趣。)

This is the latest news frOln AInerica.(這是從美國來的最新消息。)
This is his last work. (這是他最後的工作。)

3.old(老;舊) older - oldest(表年齡)
  old(老;舊) elder - eldest(表長幼)

He is older than I.(他年紀比我大。)
My elder brother is in Taipei.(我哥哥在台北。)

二、原級
(a) ...as原級as... (像...一樣...)  
1. Sports are as important as studies.(運動像課業一樣重要。)
2. He is as nice a person as his father. (他是像他父親一樣好的人。)
  
(b) ...not as (→  so)原級as(不像...一樣) 
1. He does not work as (→ so) hard as his brother (does).(他不像，他哥哥一樣努力工作。)  
2. This Japanese-Video game is no as (→  so) expensive as the Taiwanese-one.
(日本製的電動不像台灣製的那麼貴。)

(c) ...as many/much +名詞as...(像...一樣多的...) 
l.She has as many dresses as her sister (does).(她有和她姐姐一樣多的洋裝。)
2.1 don't know as many people as she (does).(我認識的人不像她那麼多。) 

(d) ...times as … as …(多...倍) 
1. The bridge is twice as long as that one. (這座橋是那座的兩倍長。)
That bridge is two times as long as this one.(那座橋是這座橋的二分之一長。)
2. Imported books cost three times as much as Taiwanese books.(進口書的價格是台灣書籍的三倍。)
Taiwanese books cost one-third as much as imported books.(台灣書的價格是進口書的三分之一。) 

注意
可用length(長度)、 width(寬度)、 height(高度)、 weight(重量)、 depth(深度)等名詞來表現倍數。 
This box is one quarter as large as that one. 
→ This box is one quarter the size of that one.
(這箱子是那個的四分之一大。)

(e) as ... as possible(→  ne can) (儘可能地...)
1. Call the police as soon as possible.
  Call the police as soon as you can.
(儘快報警。) 

2. I told him to come home as early as possible.
  I told him to come home as early as he could.
(我告訴他要儘早回家) 

重點
as ... as的慣用片語:
as busy as a bee (非常忙碌)
as cool as a cucumber (極端冷靜)
as cunning as a fox (十分狡滑)
as dead as a doornail (了無生息)
as flat as a pancake(非常平坦)
as like as two peas(非常相似)
as sweet as honey (非常甜美)

重要表現
(a) not so much ... as ... (與其說...不如說...)
It was not so much a crime as a mistake. (與其說是犯罪，不如說是個過失。) 
→  It was rather a mistake than a crime.
→  1t was a mistake rather than a crIme.

注意
not so much as / without so much as (連...也沒有...)
1. The man didn't so much as apologize to me.(那老人連說聲抱歉也沒有。)
2. He left me without so much as saying thank.(他連說聲謝謝也沒有就離開我。)

(b) as ... as ever(依舊)
She looks as happy as ever.(她看起來依舊很快樂。)

注意
He is as great an artist as ever lived.(他是有史以來最偉大的藝術家。)

(c) as ... as any +單數名詞 (像任何人一樣。)
He is as hardworking as any (person) in the village.(他像村子裡任何人一樣努力工作。)

(d) as many / much as +數詞 (多達...) 
1. As many as fifty thousand birds spend the winter here.(有多達5萬隻的鳥在此地過冬。)
2. I paid as much as 200 dol1ars for this sweater.(這件毛衣我付了多達200元。)

注意
1. Radio broadcasting started as early as 1920. (廣播早在1920便開始。)
2. He goes to movies as often as three tImes a month. (他看電影一個月多達三次。 )

(e) as many/much... (同數/量的...)
1. I found six mistakes in as many lines.(我在六行裡找到六個錯誤。)
2. The tour group visited five cities in as many days.(旅行團在五天之內造訪了五個城市。)

(f) as good as~ (幾乎等於~)
1. This house is a great buy.  It's as good as new.(這間房子真是買得太棒了。簡直就像新的一樣。)

2. His car is as good as a piece of junk.(這台車幾乎就像一堆垃圾一樣。)

三、比較級
(a) ~比較級 than ... (~比...更)
1. Dogs are cleverer than cats. (狗比貓更聰明。)
2. She can speak English better than I. (她英文說得比我好。)

(b) ~ the比較級 + of the two (兩者中較...)
1. This guitar is the better of the two.(這把吉他是兩把中較好的。)

注意
This guitar is the best of the three.(這吉他是三把中最好的一把。)
 
(c)強調比較級
強調比較級的字有:much、even、far、by far、far and away、a lot、lots(...得多)、 still(更加地)、a good deal、a great deal (相當地)、somewhat
rather (稍微)、a bit、a little bit、a little(一點點)

1. His house is much larger than mine.(他家比我家大得多。)
2. You will find many more amusements in big cities than in small towns.
(你在大城市裡可以找到比在小鎮裡更多的遊樂場。)

(d) ~less 原級 than ~ (~比~較不)
1. Going by bus is less expensive than going by taxi.(搭公車去不如搭計程車去貴。) 
→  Going by bus is not as expensive as going by taxi.
→  Going by taxi is more expensive than going by bus.

2. Instant noodles are less nutritious than rice. (比起米飯，泡麵較不營養。)
 
(e) 省略 than~
1. I have to study English harder this year because I'm a third year student.
(今年我必須更努力學英文，因為我是個三年級的學生了。)
2. Why don't you use a sharper knife?(你何不用把較利的刀子呢?)

重要表現
(a) more ~ than(與其...不如~)
1. She was nlore sad than angry.(她與其說是生氣不如說是難過。)
2. It is more flattery than praise.(與其說是稱讚不如說是討好。)

注意
形容詞不管是單音節或多音節, 都是加more。
 
(b)比較級and比較級(越來越~)
1. It's getting darker and darker.(天色變得越來越暗了。)
2. Entrance exams are becoming more and more difficult.(入學考試變得越來越困難。) 

(c)the比較級~the比較級...(越~就越…)
1. The older we grow, the weaker our memory becomes.(年紀越大，我們的記憶力就越差。)
2. The Ionger 1 waited, the less patient I became. (我等得越久就越沒有耐性。)
3. The more time you have, the more work you can do.
(你有越多的時間就能做越多工作。) 

(d) (all) the 比較級 for + 名詞/because ~
(因為~因此便...)
1. We respect him (all) the more for his honesty.(因為誠實我們更尊敬他。)
2. She works all tbe harder because she is a mother.
(因為身為母親,她更努力工作。)

注意
He worked none the harder because he became a father.
(雖說成為父親但並不代表會更努力工作。)

(e) much less - (更不用說)
1. I don't like mathematics, much less physics.(我不喜歡數學，更不用說物理。)
2. The old man can not even walk, much less run.(那老人家甚至無法走路，更不用說跑步。)

(f) superior to~ , senior to~
本身含有比較含意的單字，不可用than,改用 to。如:
superior (優秀的)、inferior(拙劣的)、senior (年長的)、junior(年幼的)、najor (較大的)、minor(較小的)、prior (前面的)、posterior(後面的)

1. He is five years older thau I.(他比我大五歲。)
→  He is five years senior to me.
→  He is senior to ll1e by five years.

2. I prefer playing sports to watching them.(我較喜歡做運動較不喜歡看運動比賽。)

(g) more or less (多多少少), sooner or later (遲早)
1. Our guess was more or less correct. (我們的猜測多多少少是正確的。)
2. Sooner or later you will find your missing child. (遲早你會找到你失蹤的小孩。)

(h) know better than ~ (不會傻到~), had bettr ~ (最好~)
1. I know better than to go sailing without a life jacket.
(我不會傻到不穿救生衣就出海航行。)
2. You had betier not go.(那最好別去。)

no more than 等表現
(a)
no more than (→ only) 只有...而已
not more than (→ at most)頂多
no less than (→ as much as)有...之多
not less than (→  at least)至少 

1. I have no more than 100 dollars.(我只有100元。)
2. 1 have not more than 100 dollars.(我頂多只有100元。)
3. I have no less than 100 dollars.(我有100元之多。)
4. I have not less than 100 dollars.(我至少有100元。)

(b) no more~ than ... (和~一樣不)
not more ~ than ...(不像~.那樣...)
no less ~ than... (與~同樣地...)
not less ~ than... (比~有過之無不及)

1. I am no more mad than you are.(我和你一樣沒發瘋。)
2. I am not more mad than you are.(我不像你那麼瘋。)
3. I am no less mad than you are.(我和你一樣會發瘋。)
4. I am not less mad than you are. (我發瘋不亞於你。)

四、最高級
(a) 最高級 + in ~
    最高級 + of ~
    最高級 + that + S + V

1. February is the shortest of all the months.(二月是所有月份中最短的。)
2. He drives (the) most carefully of us all.(他是我們所有之中開車最小心的。)
3. This is the finest view that I've ever seen.(這是我至今看過最美的景緻。)
4.Picasso is one of the most famous painters of the 20th century.(畢卡索是二十世紀最有名的畫家之一。)
5.This is the third most popular song in the hit chart this week.(這是本週熱門排行榜最受歡迎歌曲第三名。)

(b) 強調最高級
強調最高級的字有: very、much、by far、far and away等

1‧She is much the best singer in the country.(她是這個國家最出類拔萃的歌手。)
→  She is the very best singer in the country.

(c) the的省略
1. This lake is the deepest in Japan.(在日本這湖最深。)
  This lake is deepest here.(此湖這裡最深。)

2. The air in this area is the cleanest in Japan.(在日本這區域的空氣是最乾淨的。) 
The air in this area is cleanest when the factories are closed.(當工廠休息時,這區域的空氣最乾淨。)

注意
針對同一人、事、物之性質、狀態作比較時，最高級前不加 the。
而敘述用法的形容詞最高級也不加 the。 
1. I feel happiest when I'm with my friend.(當我和朋友在一起時，我覺得最快樂。)

三級互換

Bob is more handsome than any other boy in my class.(Bob比班上其他男孩帥。)
→ No other boy in my class is more handsome than Bob.
→ No otber boy in my class is as handsome as Bob.

重要表現
(a) even + 最高級(甚至連 ~)
1.Even the richest man in the world can't buy her heart.(甚至連世上最有錢的人也無法得到她的心。)
2. Even the most talented student in our c1ass wasn't ab1e to answer it.(甚至連我班上最有才能的學生也無法回答。)

(b) at (the) most, at (the) best (頂多)
It wilI take at (the) most three hours to reach our destination.(到達目的地頂多花3小時。)
→ It will take at (the) best three hours to reach our destination.

注意
at one's best - 在最佳狀態 
 The plum blossoms there are now at their best.(那裡的梅花正在盛開。)

(c) at (the) least (最少), at (the) worst (最差)
1. It will take at (the) least three hours to reach our destination.(到達目的地最少要3小時。)
2. Our team will at (the) worst get the third prize.(我們的隊伍最差也要得到第三名。)

(d) make the most of 盡全力 - 對有利條件
make the best of 盡全力 - 對不利條件
1. I hope you will make the most of your abilities.(我希望你能盡你最大的能力。)
2. He made the best of his small Income.(他善用那份微薄的薪水。)


(捌) 疑問

疑問詞可分為:
疑問代名詞: who/what/which
疑問副詞: when/where/why/how

一、疑問代名詞
誰: (主格)who; (所有格)whose; (受格)who(m)
哪一個;哪一位: (主格)which; (所有格) - ; (受格)which
什麼: (主格)what; (所有格) - ; (受格)what

(1)當主詞/主詞補語
1. Who is the captain of this ship? (這艘船的船長是誰?)
- Jack Brown is. (是Jack Brown。)
注意  此句中 who 為主詞。

2. Who is the captainfthis ship?
 - It's Jack Brown.
注意  此句中 who為主詞補語。

3. What makes you laugh so? (什麼使你笑成這樣?)

4. Who is singing in the room?(誰在房間唱歌?)
 - Mary and Helen are.(是Mary和 Helen。)

5. Which of those ships Is the May Flower? (這兩艘船哪一艘是五月花號?)
 - The larger one is. (較大的那一艘。)

6.Whose keys are these?(這些是誰的鑰匙?)
 - They're Linda's.(是Linda的。)
Whose are these keys on the desk?(這些放在桌上的鑰匙是誰的?)
- They're Linda's.(是Linda的。)

(2) 當受詞
句型: 疑問代名詞 + be動詞 +主詞 ?
      疑問代名詞 + 助動詞 + 主詞 + 原形動詞 ?
 
1. What does she usually have for breakfast?(她早餐通常吃什麼?)
 - She usually has toast and coffee.(她通常吃吐司和麵包。)

2. Which of these singers do you like?(這些歌手你喜歡哪一位?)
 - I like A-mei.(我喜歡A-mei。) 

3. Who wants to go first? (誰想先去?)
 - I do.(我先去。)
Whom are you planning to invite?(你打算邀請誰?)
 - Joe and Roland.(Joe和Roland。)

注意
口語中常用Who are you planning to invite?

4. What did you say?(你說什麼?)
  What do you say?(你意下如何?)

5. What do you think of my new hat?(你認為我的新帽子如何?)

重點
What的慣用表現
1. Wbat about going for a walk?(去散步如何?)
2. What did you do that for?(你為什麼做那件事?)
 (→  Why did you do that?)
3. What does it look like?(它看起來如何?)
 (→ How does it look?)
4. She bought butter, and what not.(她買了奶油、糖及其他種種的東西。)
5. What do you say to (playing) a gmne of basketball with us?
(要不要和我們打場籃球?) 
6. What if it it rains?(萬一下雨怎麼辮?)
7. What will become of the whales if we don't protect them?
(如果不保護鯨魚，將來牠們會變成怎麼樣?) 
8. I know what. (我有個好主意。) 
9. What did I te11 you?(沒錯吧!)

二、疑問副詞
where 哪裡(問地點)
when 何時(問時間)
why 為何(問理由)
how 如何(問方法、手段等)

句型: 疑問副詞 + be動詞 +主詞 ?
      疑問副詞 + 助動詞 +主詞 + 原形動詞 ?

1. Where are you from? (你來自哪裡?)
 - I'm from England.(我來自英國。)

2.When did you hear the rumor?(你何時聽到這傳言?)
 - The day before yesterday.(前天。)
3. Why didn't you lock the door?(為何你沒有鎖門?)
 - Sorry, I completely forgot.(抱歉，我全忘了。)
4. How did you get here so quickly?(你如何這麼快地到達這裡?)
 - By taxi.(搭計程車。)
5. How do you feel?(你覺得如何?)
 - I feel fine.(我覺得不錯。) 

重點
詢問程度: How + 形容詞/副詞...? 
how deep(多深)、how far(多遠)、who fast(多快)、who high(多高)、who long(多長)、 how many(多少)、 how much(多少)、how old(年紀多大)、how tall(身高多高)、how thick(多厚)、how wide(多寬)、how soon(多快)

1.How far is it from your house to the station? (從你家到車站有多遠?)
2. How long are you going to stay here?(你打算在這裡待多久?)
 How long is this bridge? 
 - It's about 100 meters long.(這條橋有多長? - 大約一百公尺長。)
3. How fast did Tommy run?(Tommy跑得多快?)
 How soon will your parents come back?(你父母親多久之後會回來?)

重點 how的慣用表現
1. How about going to a movie tonight?(今晚去看電影如何?)
2. How are you, Sue? (Sue，你好嗎?)
3. How do you do, Ms.Smith? (Smith小姐，你好嗎?)
4. How come you're not studying? (你為什麼不在讀書?)
(→ How does it come that you're not studying?)

重點  強調疑問的程度
1. Whoever said so? (究竟是誰這麼說?)
2. However did you do it? (究竟你是怎麼辦到的?)
3. Where on earth has he gone? (他到底去哪裡了?) 
4. What in the world are you doing?(你到底在做什麼?)

三、疑問形容詞
What及which可當形容詞用，其後接名詞。
1. What nationality is that man?(那人的國籍是哪裡?)
2. Which color do you prefer, red or blue?(你較喜歡哪一個顏色，紅或藍?)

重點  疑問詞的位置不同者
1. I told him the truth.
 - You said what?
(我跟他說了實話。- 你說什麼?)
2. I'm sorry, Mom.  I broke your...
 - You broke my what? 
(抱歉，媽媽。我打破你的...。 - 你打破我的什麼?)


四、間接問句
(1)主要子句 + if/whether + 主詞 + 動詞...
1. Please tell me if (→ whetber) the museunl is open on Monday.(請告訴我這博物館星期一是否開放。)
2. I don't know whether or not she is married. (我不知道她是否結婚了。)
3. He can't decide whether to visit her or not.(他無法決定要不要去拜訪她。)

(2)疑問詞 + 主詞 + 動詞...
1. Who is the man wearing a tuxedo?(穿燕尾服的人是誰?)
I don't know who the man wearing a tuxedo is.(我不知道穿燕尾服的人是誰!)
2. Why is the man wearing a tuxedo?(那人為什麼穿著燕尾服?)
 Can you tell me why the lnan is wearing a tuxedo?(你能告訴我為什麼那人穿著燕尾服嗎?)
3. What does he do?(他是做什麼的?)
Let me know what he does.(讓我知道他是做什麼的。)
4. When he left the house is not known.(沒有知道他何時出門。)
5. The problem is how we finish this job.
   The problem is how to finish this job.
(問題是(我們)如何完成這工作。) 
6. Do you want to know what i bought?(你想知道我買了什麼嗎7)
7.1 have no idea who broke the window.(我不知道誰打破窗戶。)
8. Do you know what I have in my hands? 
 - Yes, I do. Yuu have some flowers.
(你知道我手裡拿什麼嗎? - 是的，我知道。你拿著一些花。)
* What do you think I have in my hands?
 - I think you have some cherries. 
(你認為我手中拿什麼? - 我想你拿著一些櫻桃。)

注意 上句型中,可用的動詞有:
believe(相信)、consider(認為)、expect(期望)、guess(猜想)、hope(希望)、imagine(想像)、say(說)、suggest(提議)、suppose(認為)、 suspect(懷疑)、think(認為)、tell(說)

五、附加問句
在敘述句或命令句之後，再加上簡單的疑問句，稱為附加問句。
You don't like him, do you?[向右上方箭頭] -- 徵求對方想法
You don't like him, do you?[向左下方箭頭] -- 徵求對方確認

1. I am your boss, am I not?
   I am your boss, aren't I?
(我是你的上司，沒錯吧?) 
2. There are ten more days until Christmas, aren't tbere?
(離聖誕節還有十多天，不是嗎?)
3. Mary doesn't like onions, does she?
(Mary不喜歡洋蔥，對吧?)
4. The accident victim could hardly walk, could he?
(那意外的受害者幾乎無法走路，是嗎?) 
5. Don't touch it, will you?
(別摸，好嗎?)
6. Take a seat, will you?
   Take a seat, won't you? - 較客氣 
(請坐吧?) 
7. Speak louder, will you? - 較客氣
   Speak louder, can't you? 

六、修辭疑問句
1. Who knows?(誰知道呢?)
 (→ Nobody knows.)
2. What is the use? (有用嗎?)
(→ It is no use.)
3. What difference does it make? (有何不同嗎?)
(→ It makes no difference.)
4. Isn't it fantastic? (不是很棒嗎?)
(→ It is very fantastic.)
5. Shall I ever forget her?(我能忘了她嗎?)
(→ I shall never forget her.)

七、應答疑問句
1. I'm not interested in video games. - Aren't you?
(我對電動沒興趣。- 沒有嗎?)
2. He h1t a home run yesterday. - Oh, did he?
(他昨天打了全壘打了。- 噢,真的嗎?)

八、敘述句型的疑問句 
1. You gave him your telephone number?[向右上方箭頭]
(你給他你的電話號碼了嗎?)
2. This sword is a thousand years old?[向右上方箭頭]
(這把劍有一千年歷史了嗎?)


謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
第三冊

(玖) 名詞及冠詞

一、名詞
依數分:
 可數名詞 - 
  (a) 單數名詞 - 名詞前加a或an。
  (b) 複數名詞 - 名詞後加s或es。 
 不可數名詞 - 只有單數形，且不可加a或an。

依種類分:
 普通名詞，集合名詞。(可數名詞)
 抽象名詞，物質名詞，專有名詞。(不可數名詞)

School begins in Septenlber. -不可數名詞
(學校九月開學。)
There are three schools in this town. - 可數名詞
(這鎮上有三所學校。)

(1)普通名詞
看得見、摸得到且具有一定形狀的，皆為普通名詞。
如: book, pencil, sweater等。表現方法如下:
 a book (一本書)  books(書)  my book(我的書)  those books(那些書)

1. Whales are manimals.(鯨魚是哺乳動物。)
→ A whale is a manlma1.
→ The whale is a manlnlal.
2. I met a boy. The boy had a ball in his hands.(我遇到一個男孩，那個男孩手上拿著一顆球。) 

(2)集合名詞
(a)單數、複數皆可
→ family(家庭;家人)、audience(聽眾)、class(班)、club(俱樂部)、conlpany(公司，職員)、crew(機員)、crowd(群眾)、government(政府)、public(大眾)、staff(職員)、team(隊，伍)等。
 
1. His family is a big one.(他家是個大家庭。)
   His family are a11 tall.(他的家人都很高。)
2. Our team has won the championship.(我隊贏得冠軍。) 
   The team were alI excited.(全體隊員都感到興奮。) 

(b)複數形 
→ police(警察)、cattle(牛)、people(人)、poultry(家禽)。
 
1. The police have caught him.(警察已抓到他。) 
2. Many people were angry at the case.(許多人對這件事很生氣。) 

(c)單數形 
baggage(行李)、clothing(服飾)、furniture(家俱)、machinery(機械類)、merchandise(商品)、poetry(詩)、scenery(風景)等。 
 
重點 特殊的集合名詞
1. fruit:
 a.表「水果總稱」用不加冠詞單數形 → fruit。
 b.表「水果種類」:一種: a fruit; 兩種以上:fruits
 C.表「成果;結果」: fruits

Do you eat much fruit?(你吃很多水果嗎?)
The potato is not a fruit but a vegetable.(馬鈴薯不是水果而是蔬菜。)
His success was the fruits of hard work.(他的成功是努力工作的成果。) 

2. fish:
 a.表「數量」:一條魚 a fish; 兩條以上: fish
 b.表「種類」:一種: a fish; 兩種以上: fishes
 c.表「魚肉」: fish

I caught three fish yesterday.(我昨天抓到三條魚。)
There are a lot of fishes living in the sea.(海裡棲息著很多種魚。)

3. people:
 表「人們」: people
 表「國民;民族」: 一個: a people; 兩個以上: peoples

Ten people were injured in the accident.(十人在意外中受傷。)
The Chinese are said to be an industrious people.(中國人是勤勞的民族。)

4. hair:
 表「全部」: hair
 表「一根根」: a hair/hairs

She has thick hair.(她有一頭濃密的頭髮。) 
He pulled out two white hairs.(他拔掉2根白髮。)

(3)抽象名詞
看不見、摸不到、無具體形象，為表達某些抽象概念的名詞。
如: kindness(親切)、beauty(美麗)、honesty(誠實)。

(a)一般情形加冠詞，採單數形。
1. I like music.(我喜歡音樂。)
2. This Is important inforn1ation.(這是重要的資訊。)

(b)表「程度」- 可加much、any、some、a little等。
1. I have little bope of succeeding.(我成功的希望渺茫。)
2. I have a lot of homework to do.(我有許多功課要寫。)

(c)表「限定」- 可加the。
1. Necessity is the mother of invention.(需要為發明之母。)
2. You should know the difficulty of learning how to drive a car.
(你應該知道學開車的困難。)

(d)數抽象名詞時 - 用 a piece of / an item of等。
1. He gave me a wonderful piece of advice.(他給了我很棒的忠告。)
2. She sent us an item of news.(她送給我們一則消息。)

(e)表示個別行為、事件時 - 可加 a(an), 也可用複數形。
1. The computer is a marveIous invention.(電腦是一項極棒的發明。)
2. I will tel1 you my views of the matter.(我會告訴你我對這件事的看法。)

(f)介系詞+抽象名詞 - of +抽象名詞=形容詞
  介系詞+抽象名詞 - with +抽象名詞=副詞
1. He is a man of ability.(他是有能力的人。)
 → He is an able man.
2. The information is of no value to me.(這情報對我毫無價值。)
 → The infonnation is valueless to me.
3. Mary passed the exam witb ease.(Mary很容易就通過考試。)
 → Mary passed the exam easily.

注意
其他的用法有: of importance(=important); with care(=carefully)、
 on purpose(=intentionally); by accident(=accidentally)

(4)物質名詞
沒有固定形狀或範圍的物質名稱,即為物質名詞。
如 light(光)、water(水)、money(錢)等。

(a)一般情形-不加冠詞,採單數形。
This statue is made of stone.(這雕像是石頭做的。)

注意
The crowd threw stones at the police.(群眾向警察丟石頭。)

(b)限定的量-可加some、a lot of、much等。
1. I don't need much money to buy that camera.
(我不需要很多錢買那相機。)
2. We have little rain here.(這裡幾乎不下雨。)

(c)特定的物品-可加冠詞、代名詞或所有格等。
1. This beef is from Australia.(這牛肉來自澳洲。)
2. Let's go to the liquor store.(咱們去酒吧。)

(d)將物質名詞量化 -- 數字 + ~ + of + 物質名詞
* 形狀 - a piece of chalk一枝粉筆; a sheet of paper一張紙; a slice of bread一片麵包
* 容器 - a bottle of cola 一瓶可樂; a glass of water 一杯水; a cup of tea一杯茶
* 單位 - a pound of butter一磅奶油; a liter of milk 一公升牛奶; a spoonful of sugar一匙糖

(5)專有名詞 指特定人或事物的名稱。
如: Mary(瑪莉)、 Youth Park(青年公園)、Japan(日本)等。

(a)一般情形 -- 開頭字母需大寫，不加冠詞且沒有複數形。
1. Dr. Jones photographed many wild animals in Africa.
(Jones博士在非洲拍了許多野生動物的照片。)
2. Henry walked down Bridge Street to save time.
(Henry為節省時間就走橋街。)

(b)加定冠詞之專有名詞:
* 河川、海洋、海峽 等 - the Amazon、the Pacific Ocean
* 船、列車 - the Titanic、the MRT
* 公共建築 - the White House、the British Museum
* 報紙、雜誌 - the Times、the Asahi

(c)加不定冠詞或複數形的專有名詞:
1. A Mr.Brown has come to see you.(一位叫Brown的人來找你。)
2. He is the Edison of Taiwan.(他是台灣的愛迪生。)
3. My wife was a Smith.(我太太是Slnith家族的人。)
4. He has two Picassos.(他有兩幅畢卡索的畫。)

二、名詞的複數形 

(1)規則名詞
字尾   變化方法     例子
s -      加es  -    buses, classes
x -      加es  -    boxes, foxes
ch -     加es -     churches, benches
sh -     加es  -    dishes, bushes
子音+o - 加es -     heroes, tomatoes
子音+y - 去y加ies   -       city -- cities; baby -- babies
f、fe  - 去 f、fe 加ves -   leaf -- leaves; wife -- wives

注意
例外: stomaches(胃)、pianos(鋼琴)、photos(相片)、roofs(屋頂)、safes(保險箱)、beliefs(信條)

(2)不規則名詞:
* 常用的不規則變化名詞: man-men(男人)、woman-women(女人)、foot-feet(腳)、tooth-teeth(牙齒)、mouse-mice(老鼠)、child- children(小孩)
* 單數、複數同形: Japanese(日本人)、Chinese(中國人)、carp(鯉魚)、sheep(羊)、deer(鹿)、species(種)
* 外來語的複數形: datum-data(資料)、medium-media(媒體)、 crisis-crises(危機)、analysis-analyses(分析)
* 文字、數字、簡稱的複數形: UFOs(或UFO's)(幽浮)、the 80s(或80's)(八零年代)、CDs(或 CD's) 
* 複合名詞的複數形: passer-by -- passers-by (行人)
                    college student -- college students(大學生)
woman astronaut -women astronauts(女太空人)

重點
1.單數、複數意思不同者
 paper(紙) - papers (文件)
 work(工作) - works (工廠)
 part(部分) - parts (零件)
 water (水) - waters (水域)
 ash (灰) - ashes (骨灰)
 force (力) - forces (軍隊)
 arm (手臂 ) -arms(武器)
 custom (風俗、習慣) - customs (關稅)
 manner (方法) - manners (規矩)
 letter (信) - letters (文學)
 air (空氣) - airs(裝腔作勢)

2.必用複數形
 glasses(眼鏡)、contact lenses(隱形眼鏡)、trousers(褲子)、scissors(剪刀)、shoes(鞋子)、socks(襪子)、gloves(手套)

3.學科名稱字尾為ics用單數形。
mathematics(數學)、 politics(政治學)、physics(物理學)、economics(經濟學)

4.表金額、距離、時間:用單數動詞。
One hundred dollars is enough to buy that jacket.(一百元夠買那件夾克。)
Twenty miles is a long distance to run.(二十里是一段長距離賽跑。)
Ten years is called "a decade". (十年稱為decade。)
 
三、名詞的所有格
(1) 單數名詞 → N's
Jim's mom(Jim的媽媽)
the boy's hat (那男孩的帽子)

(2) 複數名詞 → Ns'
a girls' high schoo1(一所女子中學)
April Fools' Day (愚人節)

(3) 複數形式的名詞  → N's
chi1dren's toys(小朋友的玩具)
men's coats(男用外套)

(4) 複合名詞 → 最後一字加's
my father-in-law's hobbies (我岳父的嗜好)
her boy friend's birthday(她男性友人的生日)

(5) 共同所有及個別所有
Jack's and Peter's fathers (Jack的父親和Peter的父親)
Jack and Peter's room (Jack和Peter共用的房間)
 
(6) 表時間、距離、重量、金額等的名詞 → N's 或Ns' 
ten minutes' break(十分鐘的休息)
tomorrow's weather(明天的天氣)
three miles' distance (三哩的距離)
a pound's weight (一磅重)
a dollar's worth (一美元的價值)
 
(7) 表國名、地名 → N's 或 Ns'
the world's population (世界的人口)
Taiwan's climate (台灣的氣候)
the United States' future (美國的未來)

(8) B of A
→上述例子之外，若遇無生命物時,可採 B of A的形式表達。
* the roof of the churvh(教堂的屋頂)
* the front of the building (那棟建築的正面)
 
注意 
1. 這個問題的答案 → the answer(s) to the question.
 那個比賽的門票 → the ticket(s) to that game.
 非常成功的關鍵 → the key to great success.

2.在門口那個男人的忠告
 → the advice of the man (at the gate).

重點
表場所、建築的名詞在所有格後常被省略。
1. My mother went to the baker's (shop).(我母親去了麵包店。) 
2. I'm going to the dentist's (office) tomorrow.(明天我要去看牙醫。)
 
四、冠詞

不定冠詞 → a/an + 如可數單數名詞 
定冠詞→ the + 單數名詞、複數名詞、不可數名詞

(1) a an 的區別
子音開頭的字 → a  a table / a house
母音開頭的字 → an  an orange / an hour

(2) the 的發音
子音開頭的字 → the plane
母音開頭的字 → the artist

(3) 不定冠詞的用法
(a)表示不特定的單數可數名詞
Waite, there is a fly in my soup.
(服務生，我的湯裡有一隻蒼蠅。)

(b)話題中第一次提到的單數名詞前
I saw a bird. The bird is flying in the sky.
(我看見一隻鳥。那隻鳥正在天上飛。)

(c)表示「1個」
Rome was not built in a day.
(羅馬不是一天造成的。)

(d)表示「某個」(→ a certain)
He came back on a Christmas.
(他在某一年聖誕節回來。)

(e)表示「一些」 (→  some)
That painting looks more beautiful from a distance.
(那幅畫從不遠處看更美。)

(f)表示「相同」 (→ one and the same)
Birds of a feather flock together.(物以類聚。) 

(g) 表示「每一個」 (→ per)
We have six English classes a week.(我們每週有六堂英文諜。)

重點
伴隨a的慣用表現 
a great many(非常多的)  have a cold(感冒)
a little(一些)  in a sense(某種意義)
a few(一些)  come to an end(結束)
as a rule (一般說來)  for a while(一會兒)
at a loss(不知所措)  once in a while(偶爾)
in a hurry (匆忙)  to a degree(非常地)
all of a sudden(突然)  with a view to(為了)

1. As a rule it rains little in Kaohsiung in winter.
(一般說來高雄冬天很少下雨。)
2. He was at a loss for words.(他不知說什麼話好。) 
3. It is true in a sense.(在某層意義上，那是真的。)
4. I go to the movies once in a while.(我偶爾會去看電影。)

五、定冠詞的用法

(a)表示「特定事物」前 
You took a photo of me.  Show the photo to me.
(你幫我照了一張照片，拿給我看吧。)
The wine I drank at the party was very good.
(我在那派對上喝的酒很棒。)

(b)從狀況可知所指為何之名詞前
Did you remember to lock the door?(你記得去鎖門了嗎?)

(c)表示「唯一之物」的名詞前
the sun(太陽)、the moon(月亮)、the universe(宇宙)、the north(北方)、
the south(南方)、the right(右邊)、the Bible(聖經)、 the tropics(熱帶)、
the President(總統)

(d)用於最高級或 on1y、first、last、same等之前。
He is the only persbn I can trust.(他是我唯一能信任的人。)

(e) by + the +單位 ~ (以~為單位)
In England, they buy butter by the pound.
(在英國，我們買奶油以磅為單位。)
We were hired by the hour.(我們是鐘點受雇的。)

(f)the +形容詞 -- 指「人」時,採複數形式。
the rich → rich people)(有錢人)
the poor窮人  the old (老年人)
the young年輕人  the learned(博學之人)

(g)the +形容詞 -- 表抽象的意義
Everybody loves the true, the good and the beautiful.
(每個人都愛真、善、美。)

(h)介系詞 + the + 身體的某部位
1. He shook her roughly by the shoulder.(他粗魯地搖晃她的肩膀。)
2. He kissed the girl on the forehead.(他親了那女孩的額頭。)
3. The man was shot through the heart.(那人被射穿心臟。)

六、冠詞特別注意的用法

(a) half, many, quite, rather, such, what等 + a/an +名詞
1. It lasted for half an hour.(這持續了半個小時。)
2. Many a little makes a mickle.(積少成多。)
3. It was so unusual a story that few people be1ieved it.
(如此不尋常的故事以致沒什麼人相信。)
 → It was sucb an unusuaI story that few people believed it.

(b) all, both, double, twice, half等 + the +名詞
1. All the computers in my office were broken.
(所有在我辦公室的電腦都壞了。)
2. I had to pay double the fine.(我必須付兩倍的罰金。)

(c) a A and B / a A and a B 
1. I saw a white and black dog.(我看見一隻黑白相間的狗。)
2. I saw a white and a black dog.(我看見一隻白狗及一隻黑狗。)

注意
2個物品成一組或合而為一者，只在第一個名詞前加冠詞。
the bread and butter(塗了奶油的麵包。)
a cup and saucer(附茶盤的茶杯。)
a watch and chain(附錶鏈的懷錶。)

* 加冠詞或不加冠詞意義不同:
go to school(去上學)
go to the school(去學校)

go to church(做禮拜)
go to the church(去教堂)

go to bed(上床睡覺)
go to the bed(去到床上)

at table(用餐)
at the table(在餐桌前)
 
in class(課堂上)
in the class (在班上)

go to sea(當水手)
go to the sea(去海邊)

(拾) 介系詞

介系詞可以和名詞或名詞相等語結合，成為形容詞片語或副詞片語。而除了單字形的片語外，還有 2個字以上的群體介系詞。 
1. The book on the desk is mine.(形容詞片語)
(書桌上的書是我的。) 
2. Put the book on the desk.(副詞片語)
(把書放在書桌上。)

一、介系詞的受詞 

(1)名詞、代名詞
1. I went shopping with Mary yesterday.(我昨天和Mary去逛街。)
2. I met Mary by chance, and I went shopping with her.(我巧遇Mary，便和她一起去逛街。)

(2)形容詞
Thing went rapidly from bad to worse.(事情迅速惡化了。)

(3)副詞
1. How far is it from here to the bus stop?(從這裡到公車站有多遠?)
2. I haven't seen her since then.(從那時起我就沒見過她。)

(4)動名詞
1. My brother used my computer without asking for my permission.(我哥哥沒有得到我的允許就用了我的電腦。)
2. I'm looking forward to seeing you.(我正盼望能見到你。)

(5)不定詞 
用於 but、except、as、 than等字之後。
1. They did nothing but play cards all day.(他們整天只玩牌。)
2. I would rather stay at home than go out.(我寧願待在家而不願外出。)
 
(6)子句
1. The future of this planet depends on whether we can protect the environment.(這星球的未來視我們能否保護環境而定。)
2. Men differ from animals in that they can use fire.
(人類和動物之所以不同在於人會用火。) 

二、介系詞的位置

(1)受詞為疑問詞時 
1. Who are you going with?(你要和誰一起去?)
2. What are you talking about?(你們在說什麼?)

(2)受詞為關係子句時
1. This is the river which(→ that) I used to swIm in.
 → This is the river which I used to swim.
(這條就是我以前常游泳的河流。)
2. The young lady whom Mom is talking to is our music teacher.
 → The young lady to whom M0m is talking is our music teacher.
(正在和媽媽聊天的年輕女子是我們的音樂老師。)

(3)介系詞及受詞中有不定詞時
1. He has many friends to rely on.(他有許多可依賴的朋友。)
2. She had something particular to write about.
(她有一些特別的東西要寫。)

(4)被動語態時
l. His success is looked forward to by a11 of us.
(他的成功被我們所有人期待著。)
2. The baby has to be taken care of.(這嬰兒必須被照顧。)

二、群體介系詞

由二個以上的字結合，擔任一個介系詞的功能，即為群體介系詞。

according to ~  (根據 ~ )、 owing to (由於 ~ ) 
because of ~ (因為 ~ )、 due to ~ (由於 ~ )
as for ~ (至於 ~ )、 as to ~ (關於 ~ )
thanks to ~ (幸虧)、 but for ~ (若沒有 ~ 的話)
with for(→all)(不管 ~ )、 instead of ~ (代替 ~ )

at the risk of ~ (冒 ~ 的危險)、in case of ~ (萬一 ~)
in front of ~ (在 ~ 前面)、in spite of ~ (儘管 ~)
by means of ~ (藉由 ~ )、in addition to ~ (除 ~ 之外)
on account of ~ (因為 ~)、with a view to ~ (為了 ~)
for the purpose of ~ (為了 ~ 的目的)
for the sake of ~ (由於 ~ 的緣故)

1. We had to stay indoors a11 day because of the storm.
(因為暴風雨，我們必須整天待在室內。)
2. Thanks to your advice, I was able to win the game.
(由於你的忠告，我才能贏得比賽。)
3. He sent his brother instead of going himself.
(他自己沒去，而改派他弟弟去。)
4. He saved the child at tbe risk of his life.
(他冒自己性命的危險救了那孩子。)
5. We express our thoughts by means of words.
(我們藉由言語表達我們的思想。)
6. I did my best with a view to pleasing my father.
(為了使我父親高興，我盡了最大的努力。)

四、雙重介系詞

兩個介系詞連用的情形，即為雙重介系詞。
1. He was chosen from among the volunteers.
(他從這群志願者中被挑選出來。)
2. She took a box from under the counter.
(他從櫃檯下拿出一個盒子。)

五、常見的介系詞用法

(1) 表時間
(a) in → 年、月、季節、早上、下午、晚上。
 on → 星期...，哪一天的早上、下午、晚上.特定日期。
 at → 在...點...分，中午會午夜。

l. In 1998(在1998年)、in August(在八月)、in spring (在春天)。
2. on Sunday(在星期天)、
 on the morn1ing of Qctober 10(在十月十日早上)、
 on my birthday(在我生日那天)
3. at nine o'clock(在九點)、at dawn(在黎明)、
 at sunset(日落時)、at midnight(在半夜)

(b) untill/till(直到...) → 動作繼續的期限
 by(直到...) → 動作完成的期限
 before(在...之前)

1. I'm going to work till seven tonight.
(今晚我打算工作到七點。)
2. I'11 finish the work by noon.(我會在中午前完成工作。)
3. I began to work before eight this morning.
(我今天早上八點前開始工作。)

(c) 
from (從 ~ ) → 從(過去、現在、未來某時點)起
since (從 ~ ) → 從(過去某時點)以來
after (在 ~ 之後)
1. The work should take us from four to five hours.
(這工作估計要我們四、五個小時。) 
2. He said the floods were the worst since 1968.
(他說這是1968年以來最嚴重的水災。) 
3. He came home after a few hours.(他在幾小時後回到家。)

(d)
in (在 ~ 內) → 所需時間
within (在 ~內) → 某期間內
1. I have never seen snow in my life.(我一生都沒見過雪。)
2. He will be back within a week.(他將在一遇內回來。)

(e)
for (持續) → 時間的長度
during(在 ~ 期間) → 特定的期間
through(整個期間) → 從頭到尾的時間
1. I have learned English for five years.(我英文學五年了。)
2. I worked at the shop during the holidays.(我在假期間都在這家店工作。)
3 I had to work through the night.(我必須徹夜工作。)

(2) 表地點
(a)
 in → 在較寬敞之處，建築的內部。
 on → 在特定之面。
 at → 在較狹小之處，某一特定地點。
1. They are taking a stroll in the park.(他們正在公園散步。)
2. The players are practicing on the field.(選手們正在場上練習。)
3. He waited for the girl at the door.(他在門口等那女孩。)

(b)
 for → 方向的目標
 to → 到達點
 toward → 運動的方向。
1. They are leaving for New York tomorrow. (他們明天將前往紐約。)
2. The dog went to the boy. (狗走到男孩那裡 。)
3. The dog went toward the boy. (狗朝著男孩的方向走去 。)

(c)
 along → 沿著 ~
 across → 橫越 
 through → 貫穿

1. We walked along the river.(我們沿著河邊走。)
2. We swam across the river.(我們游過這條河。)
3. We walked through the park.(我們穿越這座公園。)

(d)
 by → 在 ~ 旁(前後左右任一)
 beside → 在 ~ 旁(左右其中之一)
 near → 在 ~ 附近
1. She sat by the window.(她坐在窗邊。)
2. I sat beside her.(我生在她旁邊。)
3. He lives near my house.(他住在我家附近。)

注意
beside(在~旁邊)/besides(除~之外，還有)
1. At the party, there were several girls beside Kelly.
(在派對中，有幾個女孩在Kelly旁。)
2. At the party, there were several girls besides Kelly.
(在派對中,除了Kelly之外還有幾個女孩。)
3. At the party, there were several girls except Kelly.
(在派對中，除了Kelly沒來之外，來了幾位女孩。)

(e)
 between → 在二者之中
 among → 在三者(或以上)之中
1. Peter sat between Jane and me.(Peter坐在我和Jane之中。)
2. He disappeared among the people in the crowd.(他消失在人群之中。)

(f)
 around/round → 圍繞著...
 about → 在...四周, ...的附近
1. The earth moves around the sun. (地球繞著太陽轉。)
2. He g1anced about and saw hin in conversation.
(他向四處張望看見他和一個人說話。)
3. The children sat about/ around the old man.(孩子們坐在老人四周。)

(g)
 in → 在 ~ 之中(靜止狀態)
 into → 在 ~ 之中(運動狀態)
 out of → 從 ~ 之中(運動狀態)
 onto → 在 ~ 之上(運動狀態)
1. He walked in the room.(他在房間裡走著。)
2. He walked into the room.(他走進房間。)
3. He walked out of the room.(他走出房間。)
4. The cat jump onto the TV set.(那隻貓跳到電視機上。)

(h)
 on → 接觸
 off → 分離
1. He switche on the light.(他打開電燈。)
2. He switched off the light.(他關掉電燈。)

(i)
 before → 在~前
 in fro11t of → 在~前; 在~正前方
 behind → 在(人，動物，建築等)之後
 after → 在(行動的物體、順序)之後
1. "B" comes before "C" in the alphabet.(字母B在C之前。)
2. We met in front of the school.(我們在學校前碰面。)
3. I hate driving behind a bus.(我討厭開車時跟在公車後。)
4. Let's have a game of tennis after school.(放學後打場網球賽吧! )

注意

on  ←→ off 
over ←→ under
above  ←→ below
up ←→ down
into ←→ out of
in frot of/ before ←→ in back of/ behind

on是「和物體接觸」的情形而不一定在「上」。
above是指離開物體而在更高的「上面」位置。
over是在物體的「正上方」或「覆蓋在上」的意思。 
因此above和 over有重複的部分。
另外， over可指「超過...(數量)」或附帶條件,
而above有「...程度之上」之意。

1. There is a fly on the ceiling.(天花板上有隻蒼蠅。)
2. A plane is flying above the mountain.(飛機飛過那座山。)
3. The sun is shiIiing over our heads.(太陽在我們頭頂閃耀。)
4. A cat is sleeping under the table.(貓在桌子底下睡覺。)
5. There is a waterfall above(→ below) the bridge.
(橋的上游(→下游)有一瀑布。)
6. He must be well over 50 years old.(他的年紀必定是五十多歲了。)
7. We talked over a cup of coffee.(我們邊喝咖啡邊聊天。)
8. Your score is above average.(你的分數在平均之上。)

(3)表原因、理由
1. I was disappointed at his failure.(我因他的失敗感到失望。)

注意
at表示引起某種情緒或動作的原因
be surprised at, be amazed at, be shocked at,  be delighted at

2. The town is famous for its hot springs.(這小鎮因它的溫泉而聞名。)
 * The town is famous as a hot-spring resort.
(這小鎮以身為溫泉聖地而聞名。)
3. He died of cancer.(他死於癌症。)→直接原因。
4. In some countries many people die from poverty.
(在某些國家，許多人因貧困而死亡。)
5. He was trembling with cold.(他因為寒冷而發抖。)
6. He became ill through overwork.(他因過度工作而生病。)
7. They surrendered out of fear of being killed.
(他們因為害怕被殺而投降。)
8. Owing to the rain, the game was put off.
(由於下雨，比賽延期了。)
注意
1. He was very tired from his trip.(他旅行後覺得很累。)
2. He is tired of his monotonous life. (他對自己單調的生活感到厭倦。)

(4)表目的、結果

1. The politicians are campaigning for the coming election.
(政治人物為了即將來臨的選舉而造勢。)
2. Nobody trusts him after the way he lived.
(由於他那樣撒謊沒人相信他。)
3. F1our is made into bread.(麵粉做成麵包。)

注意
1. Bread is made from flour. (麵包由麵粉做成。)
2. This salad is made of lettuce, tomatoes and cucumber.
(這份沙拉由萵苣、蕃茄及小黃瓜做成的。)
3. I made my bicycle out of four old ones.
(我用四輛舊腳踏車組成我的腳踏車。)
4. He was frozen to death. (他凍死了。)

(5)表手段、道具、行為者

1. He goes to school by bus.(他搭公車上學。)
2. I watched the baseball game on television.
(我在電視上看到這場棒球賽。)
3. Please write it down with a pencil.(請用鉛筆把它寫下來。)
4. The book is written in easy English. (這本書是用簡易英文寫成的。)
5. He got his job through a friend.(他透過朋友找到那份工作。)
6. America was discovered by Columbus.(哥倫布發現美洲大陸。)
7. She left without saying goodbye.(她不告而別。)
  
(6)表達關連、關係

1. I have no doubt about his honesty.(我不懷疑他的誠信。)
2. He gave a lecture on agriculture.(他以農業為題做了一次演講。)
3. This is the story of Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs.
(這是有關白雪公主和七個小矮人的故事。)
4. There's something wrong with my bicycle.
(我的腳踏車有點毛病。)

(7)表達程度、單位、比例

1. He is taller than I by three inches.(他比我高三吋。)
2. They sell eggs by the dozen.(蛋以整打銷售。)
3. The boy is ta11 for his age.(就那男孩的年紀來說，他算是高的。)
4. The car was running at full speed.(那輛車全速前進。)

(8)表樣態、狀態

1. He looked at me in surprise.(他訝異地看著我。)
2.They lived like brothers.(他們像兄弟般一樣生活。)
3. He looked at his bank balance with satisfaction.
(他滿意地看著他銀行的收支狀況。)
4. To our delight, he passed the examination.
(我們高興的是，他通過了考試。)
5. She stood there with her hair waving in the breeze.
(她站在那裡，頭髮迎風飄揚。)

(9)表去除、區別、分離

1. He is independent of his parents.(他離開父母獨立。)
2. Some people cannot distinguish one color from another.
(有些人無法分辨顏色。)
3. A botton is off your coat.(你的外套掉了一個扣子。)
4. What you say seems to be beside the point.(你所說的似乎離題了。)

六、和形容詞、動詞結合的介系詞

(1)be+形容詞+介系詞 

be afraid(害怕)、 be fond of(喜歡)、be full of(充滿)、 
be proud of(以~為傲)、be sure of (確信)、 
be famous for(以~聞名)、be late for(遲到)、
be ready for(準備好了)、be sorry for(抱歉)、be good at(擅長)、
be absent from(缺席)、be different from(不同)、be similar to(相似)、
be interested in(感興趣)

I am anxious about my son's safety.(我擔心兒子的安全。)
I am anxious for fame.(我渴望成名。)

(2)動詞+介系詞 

1. I called on my uncle yesterday.(我昨天去拜訪我叔叔。)
   I called at his house yesterday.(我昨天去參觀他家。)

2. He got to New York.(他到達紐約。)
   He got on the bus. (他搭上公車。)
   Get off the train at the next station.(在下一個火車站下車。)
  
3. I hear from her every month.(我每個月都有收到她的信。)
   I have never heard of such a thing.(我從未聽說這樣的事。)

4. I am waiting for his answer.(我正在等待他的回答。)
   She did not like to wait on her husband.(她不喜歡伺候她老公。)

5. We have to look into the cause.(我們必須調查原因。)
   What are you looking for?(你在找什麼?)
   She looked after the children.(她照顧那些孩子。)

(3)動詞+介系詞 

1. He ran to catch up with his friend.(他跑著趕上他的朋友。)
2. I am looking forward to the summer vacation.(我期待這個暑假。)
3. Don't speak ill of others behind their backs.(別在背後說人壞話。)
4. He cannot get along witb his boss.(他無法和他上司好好相處。)
5. Let's make up for lost time.(讓我們彌補回損失的時間。)

(4)動詞+名詞+介系詞 

1. Cars took the pIace of horses.(汽車取代馬匹。)
2. Please take good care of yorself.(請好好照顧你自己。)
3. He paid no atiention to my advice.(他沒注意我的忠告。)
4. Try to make good use of your time.(努力好好地善用時間。)

(5)動詞+受詞+介系詞 

1. She asked her mother for money.(她向她母親要錢。)
2. I thanked my unele for the present.(我謝謝我叔叔送我禮物。)
3. She spends too much money on clothes.(她花太多錢買衣服。)
4. Can you tell a sheep from a goat?(你會分辨綿羊和山羊的不同嗎?)
5. I took him for his brother.(我把他當成他弟弟了。)
6. He informed them of his mother's death.(他通知他們他母親的死訊。)
7. They regard him as a foo1.(他們以為他是呆子。)


(拾壹) 關係詞

同時具有代名詞和連接詞功能的代名詞，稱為關係代名詞。
We met a man. The man directed us to the factory.
→ We met a man and he directed us to the factory.
→ We met a man who directed us to the factory.
[第二句中的and he → 第三句中的who]
(我們遇到一位男士，他引導我們到工廠。)

一、關係代名詞的種類和格

先行詞:人 - (主格)who; (所有格)whose, (受格)whom
先行詞:事、物、動物 - (主格)which, (所有格)whose, of which, (受格)which
先行詞:人、事物、動物; (主格)that, (所有格) - , (受格)that
含先行詞:   (主格)what, (所有格) - , (受格)what

主格(+動詞)→ 
I have a friend who likes music very much.
(我有一位非常愛好音樂的朋友。)
 
所有格(+名詞)→ 
The student whose mother died yesterday is absent today.
(昨天母親過世的那位學生今天缺席。)

受格(+主詞+動詞<+介詞>) 
→ This is the man whom I spoke of.(這位就是我提到的人。)

注意:關係代名詞的受格在句中可省略。

二、關係代名詞的用法

先行詞: 人 - (主格)who, (所有格)whose, (受格)whom

1. I don't like people. 
  people = They lose their tempers easily.
 → I don't like people who lose their tempers easily.
 (我不喜歡容易發脾氣的人。)

2. I have a classmate.
   classmate = Her mother is a famous singer.
→ I have a classmate whose mother is a famous slnger.
 (我有一位同學，她母親是位名歌手。) 

3. I met some friends.
  some friends = them I hadn't seen for ages. [them從seen的後面移到I的前面]
→ I met some friends (whom) I hadn't seen for ages.
  whom = them
 (我遇到多年不見的朋友們。)

4. Peop]e who don't eat meat are called vegetarian.
 (不吃肉類的人稱為素食主義者。) 
5. All the childten (Whom) you take care of will enjoy swimming.
(所有你所照顧的孩子都會喜愛游泳。)


先行詞: 事、物、動物 -  (主格)which, (所有格)which, of which, (受格)which

1. English is a language. 
  language = It is spoken a11 over the world.
→ English is a language which is spoken a11 over the world.
[第二句的it=第三句的which]
(英語是世界各地都在使用的語言。)

2. He looked for a car.
  car = Its engine was in good condition. 
→ He looked for a car whose engine was in good conditIon.
[第二句的its=第三句的whose]
(他在找一部引擎狀況好的車子。) 
* He looked for a car. 
  a car = The engine of the car was in good condition.
→ He looked for a car the engine of which was in good condition.
[第二句的of the car=第三句的of which]

3. Where is the parcel?
  parcel = it We received this morning? [it從received後面搬到We的前面]
→ Where is the parcel (which) we received this morning?
(今天早上我們收到的包裹在那裡?)

4. This is a statement which must be corrected.(這是一份必須更正的聲明。)

先行詞: 人、事物、動物 -  (主格)that, (所有格) - , (受格)that

1. He's in love with a girl that has red hair.  
   that = (who)  
  (他正和一位紅髮女孩談戀愛。)

2. Baseball is the sport (that) most boys like.
  that = (which)
(棒球是大多數男孩喜歡的運動。)

重點
下列情形只能以that做為關係代名詞。

先行詞前有最高級、序數:
1. Today is tbe coldest day (that) we have ever experienced.
(今天是我們經歷過最寒冷的一天。)
2. The first thing (that) you have to do is (to) study mathematics.
(頭一件你需要做的事就是學習數學。)

先行詞同時有人和事物:
The driver and the car that had fal1en into the sea were quickly recovered.(掉到海裡的司機和車子很快就被撈起來了。)

先行詞中有疑問詞who, which →避免重復:
1. Who that has common sense could believe such a thing?
(一個有常識的人能夠相信這種事嗎?) 
2. Which is the picture (that) Mary painted?(哪一幅是Mary畫的畫?)

先行詞為the only, the very, the same等:
He is the only man (that) I love.(他是我唯一愛的人。)

先行詞為不定代名詞或... thing:
1. All (that) he said was not true.(他所說的並非全是真的。)
2. My brother fixed almost anything that needed repairing.
(我哥哥幾乎修理了任何一個需要修理的東西。)

重點

關係代名詞和介系詞 
l. Is that the man?
  the man = him You lent the money to.[him從句子中的to後面搬遷最前面]
→ Is that the man (Whom) you lent the money to?
  whom = (that)
→ Is that the man to whom you lent the money to? 
  whom 不等於 that
(那位就是跟你借錢的人嗎?)

2. The train for which I mn waiting is now half an hour late.(那班我正在等的火車現在已晚了半小時。)


* 若為動詞「(形容詞)+介系詞」組成的片語時介系詞只能放後面。
l. This is the man with whom I worked.(這位就是和我一起工作的人。)
2. This is the habit (which) you must try to do with.
(這是你必須改掉的習慣。)

重點

關係代名詞的省略
受格關代可省略 
The lady (whom) we met on the street is our teacher.
(我們在街上遇見的女士是我們的老師。)

當補語的主格關係代名詞可省略 
She Is not the cheerful girl (that) she was.
(她現在不像以往般充滿朝氣。)

There (Here) is (are)的句型中,關係代名詞可省略
There is somene (who) wants to see you.(有人想要見你。)

關係代名詞後有There (Here) is (are)...峙，關係代名詞可省略。
This is the only bow tie (that) there is in this store.
(這是這家店裡唯一的一個蝴蝶領結。)

含先行詞:   (主格)what, (所有格) -, (受格)what
* what = the thing(s) which
  what = all that
  what = anything that
1. The thing wbich 1want is peace of mind.
→  What I want is peace of mind.
(我所要的是心靈的平靜。)

2. She told the detectives all that they wanted to know.
→ She told the detectives what they wanted to know.
(她告訴偵探們他們想要知道的所有事情。)

* I don't know what they were talking about.
 a.我不知道他們談論的事情。(關係代名詞)
 b.我不知道他們在談論什麼。(疑問詞)

重點

含有what的慣用表現 

what is called/what we (you, they) call → 所謂的

1. He is what is called/what we call a walking dictionary.
(他是所謂的活字典。)
2. She is what is called/what we call a musical gennls.
(她是所謂的音樂天才。)

A is to … what B is to ... 
A之對...的關係正如B之對...的關係。

1. Air is to us what water is to fish.
(空氣之於人猶如水之於魚。)
2. Culture is to the mind what food is to the body.
(文化之於心猶如食物之於身體。) 

what A is (was/used to be) 
今日的A(昔日的A) 

1. She is not what she was ten years ago.
(她不再是十年前的她。)
2. What has made China what she is?
(什麼使得中國變成今天這種樣子?)

what is + 比較級  更...的是

* what is more (更好的是;而且)
He is a bright boy, (and) what is more, he is kindhearted.
(他是個腦筋聰明的男孩子，而且心地善良。)

* What is worse = to make matters worse(而且更糟的是)
They lost their way, and what was worse, night was comming on.
(他們迷路了，更糟的是，天色已經暗了。)

what with ... and (what with) ...
一則因...; 一則因...

What with overwork and (what with) poor meals, she fell ill.
(一則因工作過勞;一則因三餐吃得不好，她病倒了。)

* 此句型通常用於列舉不大好的事情之原因; what常省略而只用with...and...。


三、限定用法和非限定用法
 
限定用法:對先行詞的內容加以限定。
非限定用法:對先行詞不加限定，只具有使句子連續的功能。
關係代名詞可用「and (but, because, for等)+代名詞」來替換。

We have two daughters who became nurses.
who = (that)
(我們有兩個當護士的女兒。)...句中沒提到女兒的總數。
We have two daughters, who became nurses.
who 不等於(that)
(→  We have two daughters, and they became nurses.)
(我們有兩個女兒,她們都是護士。) ---只有兩個女兒。

* 逗號之後的關係代名詞，不可用 that。

重點

非限定用法
此時關係代名詞所引導的子句，只用來說明前面的主要子句的部份或全部。

1. I called Brian, wbo had called me while I was out.
(→  I called Brian because he had called me while I was out.)
(我打電話給Brian,他在我外出時打電話找我。)

2. I bought a hat, which was too big for me.
(→ I bought a hat but it was too big for me.) 
(我買了一頂帽子，但我戴太大了。)
 
3. He bought some apples, two of which he gave her. 
(→  He bought some apples and he gave her two of them.)
(他買了一些蘋果，給了她兩個。)

4. This poem, which everybody knows, is by Shelley.
(這首每個人都知道的詩是Shelley寫的。)

5. My mother expects me to become a doctoc which is not easy.
(我母親希望我成為醫生，但這並不容易。)

6. He tore up my pboto, which upset me.
(他撕了我的照片，讓我很不舒服。) 

四、關係副詞
關係副詞兼具有連接詞與副詞的功能，和關係代名詞一樣，具有先行詞。

先行詞   場所  時間   理由  無
關係副詞 where  when  why   how

重點  where:先行詞為場所

1. This is the place.
the place = there
there(=at the place) I first met myy wife.
there →  where
This is the place where I first met my wife.
(這就是我和我太太第一次相遇的地方。)

2. Here's a map of the town.
the town = there
there (=in the town) Aunt Sally lives.
there →  where
Here's a map of the town where Aunt Sally lives.
(這裡有一張Sally姑媽所住的小鎮的地圖。)

3. We found a restaurant where the food was delicious.
(我們發現一家餐廳，那兒的食物精美可口。)

注意
若先行詞為 case(場合，情況)、 point(點)、situation(狀況)等，也可用 where。

These are the cases where this rule does not apply.
(這個規則不適用於這些情形。)


重點 when:先行詞為時間 

1. Sunday is the day.
the day = when
when(= on Sunday) I have no school.
Sunday is the day when I have no school.
(星期天是我不用上學的日子。)

2. That was the time.
the time = when
(when) Dinosaurs lived.
That was the time when dinosaurs lived.
(那是恐龍生存的時期。)

3. The day when we can live in outer space will come.
→ The day will come when we can live in outer space.
(我們可以住在外太空的日子不遠了。)

* 有時先行詞前 (the day)會與修飾的形容詞子句分開


重點 why:先行詞為理由

1. The reason why he was absent is not clear.
(他缺席的原因不明。)

2. I really 1ike sweets. That is the reason why my teeth are bad.
(我真的很喜歡甜食。那就是我牙齒不好的原因。)


重點 how:通常無明確的先行詞

1. This is how the riot happened.(這就是發生暴動的原委。)
2. This Is the way (that) he solved the problem.
→ This is how he solved the problem.
(他就是這樣解決問題的。)

注意
關係副詞的先行詞，通常可省略。

1. Tuesday is (the day) when the garbage truck comes.
(星期二是垃圾車來的日子。)
2. Late spring is (the time) when the rainy season begins here.
(晚春是這裡雨季開始的時期。)
3. This is (the reason) why I left early. 
→ This is the reason I left early. 
(這是我早出發的理由。) 

重點
that有時可做為關係副詞，來代替where，when,why等。通常代替when的情形較多。
此時， that也可省略。
 
1. Little do I remember the day (that) I first met her.
(我幾乎不記得跟她頭一次見面的日子。)
2. I don't like the way (that) he ta1ks.
(我不喜歡他說話的樣子。)

重點
關係副詞where及when也可用於非限定用法。

1. She moved to New York, where she opened a boutique.
(她搬去紐約，在那裡開了一家精品店。)
2. I was taking a shower, when the lights went out!
(我正在洗澡，就在那時燈滅了!)

五、複合關係詞

關係詞who, which, what, where, when加上 -ever,稱為複合關係詞。

關係代名詞+ever
whoever ~ = anyone who ~  不論是誰(主格)
who(m)ever ~ = anyone who(m) ~  不論是誰(受格)
whichever ~ = any one that ~  不論那一個
whatever ~ = anything that ~  不論什麼

關係副詞+ever
whenever ~ = at any time when ~  不論何時
wherever ~ = at any place where ~  不論在那裡

1. He tried to help whoever was in need of help.
( = He tried to help anyone who was in need of help.)
(他設法幫助需要幫助的任何一個人。)

2. Help yourself to whichever you want.
( = Help yourself to any one that you want.)
(自行取用任何你想要的東西。)

3. I'll treat you today. You can order whatever you like.
(= I'll treat you today. You can order anything that you like.)
(今天我請客。你可以點任何你喜歡的菜。)

重點
複合關係詞可表示「讓步」,即「無論...」之意。

whoever = no matter who 無論是誰
whichever = no matter which 無論那一個
whatever = no matter what 無論是什麼
whenever = no matter when 無論何時
whereever = no matter where 無論那裡
however = no matter how 無論如何

1. Whoever is calling, I don't want to answer the phone.
( = No matter who is calling, I don't want to answer the phone.)
(無論是誰打電話來，我都不想接。)

2. Whatever happens, I will always love you.
( = No matter what happens, I will always love you.)
(無論發生什麼事,我將永遠愛你。) 

3. I'll be thinking of you wherever I am.
( = I'll be thinking of you no matter where I am.)
(無論我在那，我都會想起你。)

4. However fast you may walk, you will not be able to arrive before dark.( = No matter how fast you may walk, you will not be able to arrive before dark.)
(無論你能走得多快，天黑前還是無法到達。)

六、關係形容詞及as, but, than

關係詞中具有形容詞作用的，稱為關係形容詞。

* What+名詞 = all the+名詞+that 
1. I gave the child what little money I had then.
( = I gave the child all the little money that I had then.)
(那時我給了那小孩身上所有的零錢。)

2. Nancy waited with what patience she could command.
( = Nancy waited with all the patience that she could command.)
(Nacy盡其最大忍耐在等候。)

* 介系詞+which+名詞

3. For ten days, during which time he kept indoors, nobody visited him.
(有十天之久,在這段期間他一直待在家，沒人來造訪。)
4. We may miss the train, in which case we'll be late for the appointment.
(我們可能會錯過火車，如此一來我們的約會就會遲到。)


重點
as, but, than也可扮演關係代名詞的角色

the same ... as (→ that) 和...相同
as is often the case (with...) 如...(所示)
such...as... 就如同...

1. Oil and water do not mix, we all know.
(就如我們大家所知，油和水不能混合)
2. She wears the same earrings as I do. (她戴著和我相同的耳環。)
3. As is often the case (with him), he came late for class today.
(一如往常，他今天上課又遲到了。)
4. Read such books as your teacher has recommended.
(閱讀你們老師所推薦的書。)


but - 用於否定句,形成雙重否定。

There is no ru1e but has some exceptions.
= There is no rule that doesn't have any exceptions.
= Every rule has some exceptions.
(凡事都有例外。)

than - 用於比較句

1. You did more work than I had expected.
(你所做的比我期待的多。)
2. You have more clothing than is necessary.
(你的衣服比所需要的多。)


謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
第四冊

(拾貳)  形容詞

一、形容詞
修飾名詞或代名詞性質、狀態等，稱為形容詞。其在使用上，又可分為限定用法及敘述用法。

(1)限定用法
(a)形容詞 + 名詞 
1. The old man lived in a small village.(那老人住在一個小村莊裡。)
2. His elder brother is a famous musician.(他哥哥是有名的音樂家。) 

(b)名詞 + 形容詞 
1. I want to drink something cold.(我想喝冷飲。)
2. Is there anything interesting in today's paper?
(今天的報紙上有任何有趣的事嗎?) 
3. I don't like riding on trains full of people.
(或不喜歡搭乘擁擠的火車。)
4. He tried to climb a fence two meters high.
(他設法爬上那兩公尺高的圍牆。)
5. He is a boy five years old.(他是個五歲大的男孩。)
→ He is a five-year-old boy.
 
(2)敘述用法
(a)主詞補語 
1. Sea water tastes salty.(海水嘗起來鹹鹹的。)
2. The rainbow is very beautiful.(彩虹很美。)

(b)受詞補語
1. You'll find the book difficult.(你會發現這本書很難。)
2. I left the windows open.(我讓窗戶開著。) 

重點
(a)只能用限定用法的形容詞 
only(唯一的), mere(只...), main(主要的), wooden(木製的), upper(上面的),
inner(內部的), live/living(活的), daily(每日的), lone(孤單的).

1.This is a wooden house.(這是棟木造房屋。)
2.He is a mere child.(他不過是孩子。)

(b)只能用敘述用法的形容詞
alive(活的;活潑的), alone(寂寞的),afraid (恐怕), asleep(睡著的),
awake(醒著的), well(健康的),lontent(滿足的), glad(快樂的), aware(知道).

1. I'm afraid of dogs.(我怕狗。)
2. The baby is still asleep.(那寶寶仍在睡。)

重點
限定用法及敘述用法意思不同之形容詞 

1. I met a certain lady.(我遇見某一位女士。)
  It is quite certain.(這件事相當確定。)

2. He is my present assistant.(他目前是我的助手。)
   He is present today.(他今天有出席。)

3. The late Mr.Smith was an able man. (已故的史密斯先生是個有能力的人。)
  He was late for the meeting.(他開會遲到。)
 
4. She gave me a fond look.(她用和氣的眼光看了我一下。)
  l am fond of ice cream.(我非常喜歡冰淇淋。)

(3)形容詞的順序 
冠詞+數量形容詞+性狀形容詞+形容詞他的名詞 
代名詞 +數量形容詞+性狀形容詞+名詞
[* 性狀形容詞 = 主觀的判斷 : (大小、形狀、狀態、新蓄、顏色、材料) ]

1. Come to see my ten cute slnall young white Dutch rabbits.
(來看我那十隻可愛小巧年幼的白色荷蘭兔。)
2. He made these two little new wooden tables.
(他做了這兩張小巧新的木頭子。) 

(4)特別注意的形容詞用法
(a)不能以人為主詞的形容詞: 
dangerous(危險的), difficult(困難的), hard(困難的), easy(容易的), useful(有用的), useless(無用的), tough(困難的), convenient(方便的), important(重要的),necessary(必要的), regrettable(遺憾的), natural(自然的), possible (可能的)等。

* 句型: It be形容詞 for人to V....

1. It is necessary for you to see a doctor.(你有必要去看醫生。)
2. Is it possible for you to attend the meeting?(你有可能參加那個會議嗎? )
 
(b)以人為主詞的形容詞
angry(生氣的), ashamed(可恥的), delighted(高興的), disappointed(失望的), excited(興奮的), glad(高興的), happy(高興的) , proud(驕傲的), sorry(遺憾的),thankful(感謝的)等。

1. We ware excited about the baseball game.(那場棒球賽令我們興奮。)
2. I am sorry for hearing the news.(聽到這消息真令人遺憾。)

(c) the +形容詞 
1. The rich are not always happy.(有錢人並非總是快樂的。)
2. We search for the true, the good and the beautiful.(我們追求真、善、美。)

(d)形容詞的副詞用法
1. It is burning hot.(天氣熱得厲害。)
2. It is freezing cold.(天氣凍得要命。)
3. They were dead asleep.(他們睡得很熟。)

(5)數量形容詞
(a)many/much
 複數名詞使用mamy,物質名詞或抽象名詞則使用much。
1. Do you have many books in your study?(在你的書房裡有很多書嗎?) 
2. They've spent much money on advertising.(他們在廣告上花許多錢。) 

注意
* 否定句中的many或much可譯成「不太多」。
1. This garden doesn't have many trees.(庭園裡樹木不太多。)
2. My son hasn't made much money.(我兒子沒賺多少錢。)

* many, much也具有名詞性用法。
Many of the students were absent.(許多學生缺席。)

* 口語中，也可用 
a lot of, lots of, plenty of代替many或much。
1. There were a lot of (→ lots of, plenty of) people in the shop.
(店裡有許多人。) 
2. She ate a lot of (→ lots of, plenty of) ice cream.
(她吃了許多冰淇淋。)

(b)a few和 few
a few指「些許;一些」代表肯定之意;
few 指「很少;幾乎沒有」代替否定之意，
兩者之後都接複數名詞。另外也有名詞性用法。

1. There are a few vegetables in the refrigerator.(冰箱裡有些蔬菜。)
2. Few people were injured in the accident.(這次意外很少人受傷。)
3. Few can understand this poem.(少有人能了解這首詩。)
 
(c)a little和 little
a little指「些許;一些」代表「肯定」之意;
little 指「很少;幾乎沒有」代表「否定」之意。
兩者之後可接物質名詞或抽象名詞，另外也有名詞性用法。
 
1. I have a little money with me.(我身上帶了些錢。)
2. We need little butter to make this cake.(我們做這個蛋糕幾乎不需要奶油。)
3. The little of his work that remains should be done within today.(他所剩的一點工作必須在今天之內做完。)

注意
口語中，可用not many或hardly any代替few,或用not much或hardly any代替little。

1. There were not many (→ hardly any) people in the park.(公園裡幾乎沒有人。)
2. There is not much (or hardly any) danger of an earthquake.(地震沒什麼危險。)

(d) some/any
* some的用法:
1.用於肯定直述句
Some students take lessons in Spanish.(有些學生選修西班牙文。)
2.表示「邀請」的疑問句
Won't you have some more tea?(你要再來些茶嗎?)

* any的用法:
l.用於疑問句或否定句
Do you have any uestions?(你有任何問題嗎?)
There aren't any letters for you.(沒有任何信是給你的。)
2.用於表示「任何...(皆可)」之意的肯定句。
You may come any time.(你任何時間都可以來。)
3.用於條件句 
Ask hIM if you have ANY doubt.(如果有任何疑問就問他。)

(e) no
no為「not any; not a」之意，其後可接可數名詞 或不可數名詞。
1. I have no brothers. = I don't have any brothers.(我沒有兄弟。)
2. There is no (→ not any) water in the glass.(玻璃杯中沒有水。)

重點
表示數量的慣用表現
(a) a great (→large mumber of,
   a good (→ great) many(許多)

1. There are a great number of books in this library.(這圖書館裡有大量的書籍。) 
2. A good many books have been published.(已有大量書籍出版了。)

(b) a good (→ great) deal of, a great quantity of (許多)
She spent a good deal of time in shopping.(她花了相當多的時間逛街購物。)

(c) not a few, not a little(不少)
1. Not a few students come to school by bicycle(不少學生騎腳踏車來上學。)
2. Not a little money was wasted.(浪費了不少錢。)

注意
口語中quite a few, quite a little也指「不少」之意。
Quite a few people have 1ost their own houses. (不少人失去他們自己的家。)
We had quite a litt1e snow 1ast winter.(去年下了相當多的雪。)
 
(d) only a few，only a little (很少,一點)
1. There are only a few houses in my neighborhood.(在我鄰近只有很少幾棟房子。)
2. She takes onlv a little coffee for breakfast.(她早餐只喝少許咖啡。)

(6) 數詞
(a) 基數和序數: 表示一定數量的字則稱為基數,如: one, two, three...。
  而表示順序的字則稱為序數,如: first, second, third....。
 通常在序數前通常都加定冠詞 the。

  基數  序數
1 one  first
2 two  second
3 three  third
4 four  forth
5 five  fifth
6 six  sixth
7 seven  seventh
8 eight  eighth
9 nine  ninth
10 ten  tenth
11 eleven  sleventh 
12 twelve  twelfth
13 thirteen  thirteenth
14 fourteen  fourteenth
15 fifteen  fifteenth
16 sixteen  sixteenth
17 seventeen  seventeenth
18 eighteen  eighteenth
19 nineteen  nineteenth
20 twenty  twentieth
21 twenty-one  twenty-first
22 twenty-two  twenty-second
30 thirty  thirtieth
40 forty  fortieth
50 fifty  fiftieth
60 sixty  sixtieth
70 seventy  seventieth
80 eighty  eightieth
90 ninety  ninetieth
100 one-hundred  one-hundredth  

(b)數的讀法: 
(i)整數
438 = four hundred (and) thirty-eight
5,621 = five thousand six hundred (and) twenty-one
24,712 = twenty-four thousand, seven hundred (and) twe1ve
23,647,019 = twenty-three mil1ion six hundred (and) forty-seven thousand (and) nineteen

(ii)日期 
5月21日= May 21(st) = May (the) twenty-first, Nay twenty-one
8月12日= August 12(th) = August (the) twelfth， August twelve

(iii)年號:原則上是每兩個數字地分開來念。
西元1936年 = nieteen thirty-six
西元1804年 = eighteen four; eighteen hundred (and) four
西元1600年= sixteen hundred
西元853年 = eight (hundred and) fifty-three
西元前200年 = 200B.C.= two hundred B.C. [bi si]
西元2004年 =(the year) two thousand and four

(iv)時刻 
7:00 = seven o'clock (sharp to the minute, to the date)
8:15 = eight fiifteen; a quarer (→ past eight)
9:30 = nine thirty; half past nine
10:40 = ten forty; twenty(minute) to eleven

(v.)電話號碼:一個一個數字地讀。0通常讀作[O]。
8780-3589: eight seven eight zero, three five eight nine.

(vi)小數:小數點護作 point,小數點之後一個一個數字地讀。
4.63 = four point six three 
52.75 = fifty-two point seven five
O.03 = point naught three; zero point zero three

(vii)分數:分子用基數唸，分母用序數唸。若分子為 2以上峙，分母用複數表示。 
1/2 = a half; one half; one second
1/4 = a quarter; one-fourth
3/4 = three quarters; threee-fourths
4/5 = four-fifths
3-2/3 = three and two-thirds

(viii)算式 
5+2=7 → Five plus two equals seven.
         Five and two is seven.

5-2=3 → Five mInus two equals three.
         Two from five is three.

5X2=lO → Five multiplied by two equals ten.
          Five times two is ten.

10÷2=5 → Ten divided by two equa1s five.
          Two into ten goes five times.

3的平方=9 → Three squared(→ The square of three) is nine.
2的3次方=8 → Two cubed(→ The cube of two) is eight.
4根號4=2 → The square root of four is two.
8開根號3=2 →  The cube root of eight is two.

(ix)其他
the 3:30 p.m. express = the three thirty p.m. express
NO.3 = number three
Book IV = Book Four
P.31 = page thirty-one
Elizabeth II = Elizabeth the second
Hamlet II.iii.4 = Hamlet, act two, scene three, line four
18度C= eighteen degrees centigrade (Celsius)
92度F= ninety-two degrees Fahrenheit

(c)含數詞的慣用表現
1. The chi1dren went away by twos and threes.(孩子們三三兩兩地走了。)
2. He was born in the nineteen-thirties. (他出生於一九三0年。)
3. We are planning to elmploy a woman in her twenties.
(我們打算僱用一位二十來歲的婦女。) 
4. I am at one with you on that point.(在那點上，我意見和你一致。)
5. He is principal, teacher clerk, all in one.
(他兼校長，老師，事務人員於一身。)
6. Dozens of people were injured in the accident.
(好幾十人在這次意外中受傷。)
7. Tens of thousands of people were killed in the earthquake.
(數以萬計的人死於這次地震。) 

重點
複合形容詞有下列五類
1.形容詞-連綴動詞之現在分詞
 及物動詞之過去分詞
a good-looking man 一位帥哥
a white-painted wall 一道漆成白色的牆

2.名詞 - 現在分詞
         過去分詞
a hand-lnade cake手工製的蛋糕
a peace-loving people一個愛好和平的民族

3.副詞 - 現在分詞
         過去分詞
a rapidly-moving tornado一個迅速移動的龍捲風
a well-behaved boy一個行為端正的男孩

4. 名詞  - 名詞 ed
   形容詞  - 名詞 ed
a gray-haired old man灰髮老人
a open-minded leader心胸開闊的領導人

5.數詞 - 名詞 ed
a two-headed monster一隻兩頭的怪物
a three-legged table一張三腳餐桌
 

(拾參) 副詞

二、 副詞

(1)副詞的種類

(a)情狀副詞(...ly)

形成

(i)形容詞+ly
carefully(小心地)
actual1y(實際地)

(ii)形容詞字尾為子音+y→去y+ily
happy - happily(快樂地)
heavy - heavily(重地)

(iii)形容詞字尾為e→去e+ly 
true - truly(真實地)
whole - wholly (完全地)

*  extreme - extremely(極端地)
  grave -gravely(嚴重地)


(iv)形容詞字尾為字音+le→去e+y
gent1e - gently(溫和地)
sensible - sensibly(明智地)
 
(v)不規則變化
good - well(好地)

(vi)形容詞及副詞同形 
back, deep, direct, ear1y, enough, far, fast, hard, high, ill, just, kindly, latte, left, little, long, low, much, more, most, near,pretty, right, short, still, straight, well, wrong.

 副詞             形容詞 
Come back soon.   the back door
You can dial London direct.   the direct ways of the sun
an ill-made road   You 1ook ill
Turn right here.   the right answer
She went straight home.   a straight line

重點

有些形容詞十ly形成副詞後，其代表的意思和形容詞稍有不同。
如: warmly、 hotly、 coolly、 coldly等。 
1. She welcomed us warmly (in a friendly way).
(她熱烈地歡迎我們。) 

2. They denied the accusation hotly (→ indignantly).
(他們憤怒地否認這項指控。) 

3. He behaved coolly (→ calmly) in this dangerous sltuatIon. 
(他在這危險的情況下保持冷靜。) 

4. I looked at him coldly (in an unfriendly way).
(我冷漠地看著他。) 

重點

特別注意的副詞 
1. He always works hard. (努力地)
  I hardlv know him.(幾乎不) 

2. He came near to me.(靠近)
  My homework is nearly finished.(幾乎)

3. He came home very late last night.(晚地)
   He has been trying to lose weight lately.(最近)

4. This picture interested me most.(最)
  She mostly goes shopping on Sundays.(大概)

位置
1. She danced beautifully.(她舞得很美。)
2. He took my advice happily.(他樂意接受我的忠告。)
→ He happily took my advice.
3. She carefully picked up all the bits of broken glass.(她小心地撿起所有的玻璃碎片。)
4. He looked at me suspiciously.(他懷疑地看著我。) 
→ He looked suspiciously at me.
5. He looked suspiciously at everyone who got off the plane.
(他懷疑地看著下飛機的每個人。)
6. He answered the questions foolishly.(他的答案很愚蠢。)
 He foolishly answered the questions.(他竟笨到去回答這個問題。)
7. You know well that the girl can't drive.(你清楚地知道那女孩不會開車。)
 You know that the girl can't drive well.(你知道那女孩車開得不好。)
8. The door needs a coat of paint badly.(這扇門非常地需要上一層油漆。)
 → (The door badly needs a coat of paint.)


(b) 頻率副詞
(i) always(總是)、 usually(通常)、 often(經常)、sometimes(有時)、ever(曾經)

(ii) hardly(從不)、seldom(不常)、 hardly ever(幾乎不曾)、
scarcely ever(幾乎不曾)、rarely(很少;不常)

(iii) once(一次)、 twice(兩次)、 continually(不斷地)、 frequently(屢次地)、 occasionally(偶而地)、 repeatedly(反覆地)、 periodically(定期地)

位置 be動詞/助動詞之後; 一般動詞之前

1. My parents are always in time for meals.(我父母總是定時用餐。)
2. I sometimes stay up all night.(我有時整晚熬夜。)
3. I will never forget what you said.(我絕不會忘記你所說的話。)
4. I always do arrive on time.(我真地總是準時到。)
5. Can you park your car in front of the store? 
 -- Yes, I usually can.
(你能把你的車停在那家店前面嗎? -- 是的,通常可以。)
6. I know I should go on a diet, but I never do.(我知道我該節食，但我絕不。)


(c)程度副詞
absolutely(完全地)、almost(幾乎)、 barely(僅僅)、 completely(完全地)、
enough(足夠地)、 entirely(完全地)、extremely(極度地)、 fairly(完全地)、
far(很)、 hardly(幾乎不)、just(只)、much(多)、only(只;僅)、quite(相當地)、
rather(相當地)、 really(真地)、scarcely(幾乎不)、so(如此地)、
too(太)、 very(非常)等。

位置  be動詞/助動詞之後;一般動詞之前

1. The building was completely destroyed by fire.(這棟大樓因失火而全毀。)
2. It's quite extraordinary; I can't understand it at all. (這件事相當不尋常;我一點也無法理解。)
3. I can hardly believe it.(我幾乎不能相信。)
4. Just sign here.(這裡簽名就好了。)
  Sign just here.(就在這裡簽名。)
5. He had only the car.(他只有這輛車。)
  He only lent the car.(他只借這輛車。)
  He lent the car to me only.(這輛車他只借我。)
  I believe only half of what he said.(他說的話我只相信一半。)


(d)地方副詞
away(在遠處)、everywhere(到處)、here(這裡)、nowhere(無處)、somewhere(某處)、there(那裡)、downstairs(樓下)、upstairs(樓上)、 home(家)、abroad(國外)等。
1. My sister is upstairs.(我姊姊在樓上。)
2. He lives abroad.(他住在國外。)

注意
副詞here、there、away、down、ln、off、out、over、round、 up等常見於句首。
1. Here comes the train.(火車來了。)
 ( → Here it comes.)
2. Round and round flew the plane.(飛機一圈一園地翻飛。)
 ( → Round and round it flew.)
3. In the doorway stood a man with a gun.(在門口站了一個拿槍的人。)
* Standing in the doorway was a man with a gun.(有一個拿槍的人站在門口。)

 
(e)時間副詞
today(今天)、tomorrow(明天)、yesterday(昨天)、now(現在)、lately(最近)、
recently(最近)、soon(不久之後)、then(那時)、afterwards(之後)、beforehand(事前)、eventually(終於;最後)、immediately(立刻)、at once(立刻)、since then(從那時起)等。

1. They lived happily afterwards. (他們後來過著幸福快樂的生活。)
2. She is living in Hong Kong now.(她現在住在香港。)
  → She is now living in Hong Kong.
3. I didn't feel 1ike eating out yesterday; today I'd love to.
(昨天我不想出去吃;今天我想。)
 
(f)修飾句子的副詞 
frankly(坦白地)、actually(事實上)、apparently(顯然地)、evidently(明顯地)、 obviously(明顯地)、probably(或許)、undoubtedly(無疑地)、possibly(可能地)、 surely(確實地)、certain1y(確實地)、definitely(明確地)、1uckily(幸運地)、
fortunate1y(幸運地)、unfortunately(不幸地)、naturally(自然地)等。

1. Unfortunately, he was dissatisfied with the result. 
  → He was unfortunately dissatisfied with the result. 
  → He was dissatisfied with the result, unfortunately.
(不幸地，他不滿意那結果。)
2. Evidently, the child has been crying. His eyes are swollen.
(顯然這孩子剛才還在哭。他的眼睛都腫了。)

注意
Honestly, Mr.Smith didn't get the money.(老實說，Smith先生沒有得到那筆錢。)
Mr.Smith didn't get the money honestly.(Smith先生不是誠實地得到那筆錢。)


(2)副詞的順序
(a)時間副詞或地方副詞:小單位+大單位
1. He stayed at a hotel by the sea.(他住宿在海邊的一家旅館裡。)
2. I met him at three o'clock yesterday.(我昨天三點遇見他。)

(b)時間副詞、地方副詞同時出現:地方+時間
1. We had much fun at her party last night.(我們昨晚在她的宴會上玩得很愉快。)
2. He returned home safely yesterday.(他昨天平安地返家。)

(3)特別注意的副詞 
(a) very/much

(i) very: 修飾(a)形容詞，副詞的原級;(b)現在分詞。
1. She is very angry with me.(她非常生我的氣。)
2. He studies English very welL(他很用功的讀英語。)
3. It was a very exciting game.(它是個很刺激的遊戲。)

(ii) much: 修飾(a)形容詞，副詞的比較級、最高級;(b)一般動詞;(c)過去分詞。
1. He is much taller thal1 I.(他比我高得多。)
2. He is much the tal1est boy in our class.(他是我們班上個子最高的男生。)
3. I enjoyed the movie very much.(我非常喜歡這部電影。)
4. His courage was much adrnired by everyone.(他的勇氣很受大家的欽佩。)

注意
形容詞化的過去分詞用very修飾。
如: tired，pleased, surprised, satisfied, excited, delighted...等。
1. I was very surprised at the news.(我對這個消息感到很訝異。)

(b) already/yet : already用於肯定句，yet用於否定句和疑問句。
1. The train has already started.(火車已經出發了。)
2. Have you read today's paper yet? No, not yet. 
(你看過今天的報紙了嗎?不?還沒。) 

注意
already若用於疑問句，則有「驚訝」，之意。 
Have you had lunch already?(你已吃過午飯?)

(c) ago/before: 「時間+ago」用過去式;「時間+before」用過去完成式。
1. The bus left five minutes ago.(公車五分鐘前離開。)
2. He to1d me that the bus had left five minutes before.
(他告訴我公車五分鐘前已離開了。)

注意 
before若單獨存在，可使用現在完成式、過去式、過去完成式。
1 saw ( → have seen) him before.(我以前見過他。)

(d) too/either: too和 either皆有「也」之意，但too用於肯定句、疑問句，either用於否定句。 
1. I know Tom, and my brother knows him, too.(我認識湯姆，而我哥哥也認識他。)
2. I'm not tired, and Jane isn't tired, either.(我不累，而珍也不累。)

注意
also也有「也」之意，其位置在be動詞之後，一般動詞之前。
I know Tom, and my brother also knows him.
 
(e) so/neither: 
so可解釋成「也如此」、「正是那樣」,句型的表現不同，重音也不同，須特別注意。
而neither為「也不」,本身為否定字，不可和 not連用。

(i) so+S+V:正是如此，正是那樣
You say Helen is a good swimmer, and so she is.(你說 Helen是游泳好手,的確如此。)

- so後面的動詞重讀

(ii) so+V+S: 也如此,也是
Nancy can play the violin, and so can I.(Nancy會拉小提琴，而我也會。)

- so 後面的主詞重讀

(iii) neither+V+S
1. Mary is not kind. - Neither is Helen.(Mary不親切。- Helen也不。)
2. I don't want to go. - Neither do I. (我不想去。 - 我也不想。)
  

(拾肆) 分詞

分詞分為現在分詞(Ving)及過去分詞(p.p.)。同時具有動詞及形容詞的功能。代表進行、完成或被動等概念。

一、修飾名詞的現在分詞
現在分詞+名詞

沒有受詞或副詞片語相伴時，單獨修飾名詞時，通常放在該名詞之前。
1. A drowning man wil1 catch at a straw.(快淹死的人連一根草也要抓。)
2. I saw a lot of falling stars last night.(昨晚我看見許多流星。)

名詞+現在分詞

分詞有受詞或修飾語相伴時，通常放在該名詞之後。
1. I know the girl talking to the teacher.(我認識那位正和老師聊天的女孩。)
 → I know the girl who is talking to the teacher.
2. The woman waving from the window is my mom. (在窗戶那邊揮手的人是我媽。)
 → The Woman who is waving from the window is my mom.

重點

現在分詞前伴隨著受詞、補語或副詞也可當形容詞使用。 
a heartbreaking story (令人悲傷的故事)
a hardworking man (努力工作的人)
a man-eating tiger (吃人的老虎)
a healthy-looking man (看起來健靡的人)
an English-speaking people (說英語的民族)
a life-saving machine (救命的機器)

重點

形容詞化的現在分詞。
an exciting game (刺激的比賽)
an interesting performance (有趣的表演)
an amusing joke (有趣的笑話)
a charming lady (迷人的女士)
a promising boy (前途看好的男孩)

重點

有些現在分詞放在形容詞前,可當副詞使用。
freezing cold (凍寒的)
a burning red dress (火紅的洋裝)
boiling hot (酷熱的)
scorching hot (酷熱的)
dripping wet (濕淋淋的)
 

二、修飾名詞的過去分詞
 
過去分詞+名詞

1. A broken bottle lay on the floor.(一個破了的瓶子在地板上。)
2. The tired worker took a rest.(這個疲倦的工人休息了。)

名詞+過去分詞
 
1. Shirts made of silk are rather expensive.(絲製的襯衫很貴。)
 → Shirts which are made of silk are rather expensive.
2. We keep a dog named Snoopy.(我們養了一隻叫做Snoopy的狗。)
 →  We keep a dog which is named Snoopy.

重點

形容詞化的過去分詞

1. He looked very surprised at the news.(這清息使他看起來很驚訝。)
2. I am very satisfied with the result.(我對這結果非常滿意。)
3. How pleased she wiU be to see you!(看到你她將會多高興啊!)
4. How learned he is!(他多博學啊!)

重點

和形容詞相同，the+現在分詞/過去分詞，也可當名詞使用。
the dying  →  those who are dying(垂死的人)
the killed and the wounded(死傷者)
 → those who were killed and wounded
 
the accused(被告), the deceased(死者), the unexpected (不可預期的事),此三者視為單數名詞。

重點

現在分詞或過去分詞當形容詞代表的意義不同。

不及物動詞的現在分詞 → 表 "進行"
不及物動詞的過去分詞 → 表 "完成"

1. falling leaves → leaves which are falling (正在掉落的葉子)
   fallen leaves  → leaves which have fallen (已掉落的葉子)

2. boiling water → water which is boiling (正在開的水)
   boiled water → water which has boiled (已煮開的水)

及物動詞的現在分詞 → 譯為「令人 ~ 的」
及物動詞的過去分詞 → 譯為「感到 ~ 的」

a refreshing breeze(清爽的微風)
feel reshed(感到清爽的)

a frightening scene(令人恐懼的畫面)
a frightened child(感到恐懼的小孩)

a disappointing matter(令人失望的事)
a disappointed look(感到失望的表情)

三、 S+V+C(=分詞)

現在分詞

可做為go、come、keep、lie、sit、stand、walk等動詞之後的主詞補語，用來表示伴隨著的動作。 
l. The children came running to meet their parents.(孩子們跑來迎接他們的父母親。) 
2. We stood looking at the monkeys.(我們站著看猴子。)

過去分詞

可放在appear、seem、1ook、become、feel、get、sit、lie、remain等字的後面，用來表示動作所產生的結果。

1. The house appeared (looked、seemed) deserted. (那棟房子看起來像是荒廢了的。)
2, She sat surrounded by her grandchildren.(她被孫子們圍坐著。)

四、S+V+O+C(=分詞)

 現在分詞

可做為感官動詞及keep、leave、set、start、catch、find等動詞之後的受詞補語。

1. He left the engine running.(他讓引擎運轉著。)
2. We heard the rain beating against the window.(我們聽到雨水拍打著窗戶。)
3. The smoke started her coughing.(那股煙使她開始咳嗽。)

過去分詞

可做為感官動詞及let、like、make、want、would lke、wish等動詞之後的受詞補語。 
1. I couldn't make myself understood in English.(我無法用英文表達我的意思。)
2. I want this work finished by noon.(我要這工作在中午前完成。)

重點 
have+O+現在分詞
表 "允許" → 用於否定句中
I can't have the children playing in my room.
(我不允許孩子在我房間玩。)

表 "使 ~ " ; "讓 ~ "
She had the children laughing again.
(她又讓孩子們笑了。)

重點 
have+O+過去分詞
表 "使得 ~ " → 使役
1 had my hair cut yesterday.(我昨天剪髮了。)

表 "被 ~ " → 有被害之意
I had my money stolen.(我的錢被偷了。)

五、分詞構句

分詞構句，是由分詞為首的句型。是與表示時間、條件、理由等的副詞子句，具有相同的功能，可用來修飾主要子句。 

分詞構句的形成

原則上主要子句與分詞構句的主詞是一致的。
1. When I opened the door, I heard a strange sound.
  Opening the door, I heard a strange sound. 
(打開門，我聽到一個奇怪的聲音。)
2. As I was ill, I couldn't go to school.
 Being ill, I couldn't go to school. 
(因為生病，我無法上學。)

分詞構句的含意
表時間
→ 意指when、while等。
1. Seeing the accident, she began to cry.(看到意外，她開始哭了起來。)
(→ When she saw the accident, she began to cry.)
2. Keeping him waiting outside, she did her shopping.
(她在購物的時候，讓他在外頭等候。)
(→ While she kept him waiting outside, she did her shopping.)

表原因;理由
→ 意指because、since、as等。
1. Being a kind man, he is loved by everyone.(因為親切，他深受大家喜愛。)
(→ Because he is a kind man, he is loved by everyone.)
2. Not knowing what to say, I remained silent.(因為不知該說什麼,所以我保持沉默。) 
(→ As I did not know what to say, I remained silent.)

表附帶狀況
1. I ran a11 the way, arriving just in time.(我一路跑，而能及時到達。)
(→ I ran all the way, and I arrived just in time.)
2. I washed the dishes, listening to my favorite music.
(我一邊洗碗盤，一邊聽著我最喜愛的音樂。)
(→ I washed the dishes as I listened to my favorite music.)

表條條 
1. If turning left after the bank, you wil1 see our house on the right.
(過了銀行之後左轉，你就會在右手邊看到我們的家。)
(→ If you turn left after the bank, you will see our house on the right.)
2. If arriving earlier, you'll have to wait for a while.
(如果你早到了，你必須等一會。)
(→ If you arrive earlier, you'll have to wait for a while.)

* 若會造成意思不明確峙，則連接詞不可省略。 

表讓步
意指though、although等。
1. Admitting that you are right, I still don't agree with you.
(雖然承認你是對的，我仍然無法同意你。)
(→ Though I admiit that you are right, I sti11 don't agree with you.)
2. Living near my house, he seldome comes to see me.
(雖然住的近，但他很少來看我。)
(→ Though he lives near my house, he seldom comes to see me.)

注意
分詞構句的位置
可根據句子的結構或句意,放在句首、句中或句尾。

句首
Hearing the news he got angry.(一聽到消息，他就生了氣。)

句中 
Romeo, believing that Juliet was dead, decided to kill himself.
(相信Juliet已死了， Romeo決定自殺。)

句尾 
The teacher went out of the classroom, mumbling something.
(老師走出教室,口中唸唸有詞。)


六、分詞構句的被動態、完成形、否定形

被動態 → (being)+p.p. 

1. As he was exhausted by his hard work, he went to bed earlier than usual.
 (Being) exhausted by his hard work, he went to bed earlier than usual.
→ Exhausted by his hardwork,he went to bed earlier than usual.
(因為努力工作而筋疲力盡,他比平常更早上床睡覺。)
2. As it is written in easy English, this book is easy to read.
(Being) written in easy English, this book is easy to read.
→ Written in easy English, this book is easy to read.
(由於是用簡單的英文寫的，這本書很容易讀。)

完成形 → having+p.p.
 
1. Since I have seen him before, I know him well.
  Having seen him before, I know him well.
(由於以前看過他,所以知道他。)
2. After he had graduated from college, he became a journalist.
  Having graduated from college, he became a journalist.
(從大學畢業之後，他成為一位新聞記者。)

重點
完成形的被動having been + p.p. ,其having been 也可省略。

1. Since she has been brought up in Paris, she speaks French very well.
 (Having been) brought up in Paris, she speaks French very well. 
 → Brought up in Paris, she speaks French very well.
(由於在巴黎長大，她會說流利的法文。) 

否定形 not/never + Ving or not/neve + having + p.p.
1. As the teacher didn't hear the bell, the teacher kept on teaching.
  Not hearing the bell, the teacher kept on teaching.
(沒有聽到鐘聲，老師繼續教課。)
2. Because he had not done his homework, he felt uneasy.
  Not having done his homework, he felt uneasy.
(沒有做功課，他覺得不安。)


七、獨立分詞構句

獨立分詞構句，是分詞構句本身就具有意義上的主詞。也就是說，主要子句的主詞和分詞構句的主詞不同。 
1. The sun having set, we started for home.
 ( → When the sun had set, we started for home.)
(當太陽下山後,我們啟程回家。)
2. It being Sunday, the shops were all closed.
( → Because it was Sunday, the shops were all closed.)
(因為星期天，所有的商店都打烊。)
3. There being no bridge, we had to swIm across the river.
( → Because there was no bridge, we had to swim across the river.)
(因為沒有橋，我們必須游泳過河。) 
4. We'll go on a picnic, the weather permittmg.
(→ We'll go on a picnic if the weather permits.)
(天氣允許的話,我們要去野餐。)

八、 with+(代)名詞+分詞

用來表示附帶狀況的獨立分詞構句，可用with+(代)名詞+分詞。
1. I stood there with my heart beating violently.(我站在那裡，心臟跳得很厲害。)
2. The table was rather disorderly with several magazines lying open on it.
(桌子相當亂，因為有幾份雜誌攤開在上面。)
3. He came in with his boots covered in mud.(他走進來,靴子上盡是泥巴。)
4. He stood in front of us with his arms folded.(他雙手交叉站在我們前面。)

九、分詞構句的慣用表現

generally speaking (一般而言)
strickly speaking(嚴格說來)
frankly speaking(老實說)
judging from ~ (從 ~ 看來)
speaking/talking of ~ (談到 ~)
according to ~ (根據~)
considering ~ (考慮到~)

1. Frankly speaking, I find the job boring.(老實說，我發現這工作很無趣。)
2. Judging from the way she is dressed, she must be going to the party.
(從她的穿著看來，她一定是要去參加宴會。)
3. Ta1king of the radio, what program do you like?
(談到廣播，你喜歡什麼節目呢?)
4. According to the papers, there was a big fire in that hotel.
(根據報載，那家飯店曾發生大火。)


(拾伍) 被動語態

<主動> 
The terrorisis bombed the station.(恐怖份子炸掉車站。)

<被動> The station was bombed by the terrorists.

* 比較 
1. We keep a dog named Lucky. Lucky is an old dog and can't move quickly. He was almost run over by a car yesterday.

2. My sist isn't very good at driving. Yesterday she insisted on driving my car,
and she almost ran over an old dog.


時態 /   主動語態 /            被動語態  
現在式 I  punish the boy. / The boy is punished (by me).
過去式 I punished the boy. / The was punished (by me).
未來式 I will punish the boy. / The will be punished (by me).
現在進行式 I am punishing the boy. / The boy is being punished (by me).
過去進行式 I was punishing the boy. / The boy was being punished (by me).
未來進行式 I will be punishing the boy. / The boy will be being punished (by me).
現在完成式 I have punished the boy. / The boy has been punished (by me).
過去完成式 I had punished the boy. / The boy had been punished (by me).
未來完成式 I will have punished the boy. / The boy will have been punished (by me).


一、主,被動語態轉換

1. People al1 over the wor1d watch the Olympics.(全世界的人都在看奧運。)
 → The Olympics is watched by people all over the world.
<注意>  
  主動: 主詞 → 被動: by+受詞
  主動: 動詞 → 被動: be動詞+過去分詞
  主動: 受詞 → 被動: 主詞
2. Tom tbrew the paper plane during the break.(Tom在休息時玩紙飛機。)
→ The paper plane was thrown by Tom during the break.
3. They do not permit talking on cell phones in the train.(在火車上禁止使用手機。) 
 → Talking on cell phone is not permitted (by them) in the train.

注意 by+受詞可省略的情形有三:
(1)動作者為一般人或泛指一群人時 
Wild monkeys are seen around this area.(在這地區隨處可看見野生猴子。)
(2)動作者不清楚時 
This seat is taken.(這座位有人坐了。)
(3)從前後文的關係可清楚動作者是誰時
The newspapers are delivered around 5 :00 a.m.(報紙約在早上五點送達。)
 
4. This swimmer will make a new record.(這游泳選手將締造新紀錄。)
 → A new record will be made by this swimmer. 
5. The wind had blown away the balloons before they came.(在他們來之前氣球都被風吹跑了。)
 → The balloons had been blown away by the wind before they came.

注意
動詞片語相當於一個及物動詞，可作被動語態。

6. The teacher is counting the number of students. (老師正在數學生人數。)
 → The nmnber of students is being counted by the teacher.

二、第四句型(SVOO)的被動語態

第四句型→ 
 S+V+O(間接受詞→人)+O(直接受詞→物)
 S+V+O(直接受詞→物)+介系詞+O(間接受詞→人)

1. They sent all the customers a card about the sale.(他們寄給所有顧客一張有關這次銷售的卡片。) 
 → All the customers were sent a card about the sale.

They sent a card about the sale to all the customers. 
 → A card about the sale was sent (by them) to all the customers.

2. The embassy gave me a new passport.(大使館發給我一份新護照。)
 → I was given a new passport by the embassy.
 → A new passport was given to me by the embassy.

3. My father bought me a motorcycle.(我父親買了一輛摩托車給我。)
 → I was bought a motorcycle by my father.(很少用)
 → A motorcycle was bought for me by my father.

注意
動詞 buy, get, make, read, sing, write, build, cook, pass, choose等，其被動語態，多不用間接受詞當主詞。


三、第五句型(SVOC)的被動語態 

1. His grandfather named the baby Doris.(他祖父為這嬰兒取名Doris。) 
 → The baby was named Doris by his grandfather.
2. They painted the wall blue.(他們把牆漆成藍色。)
 → The wall was painted blue (by them).
3. John persuaded me to go to the dentist.(John說服我去看牙醫。)
 → I was persuaded to go to the dentist by John. 

注意
使役動詞及感官動詞的被動語態 
1. They made the students wait in line.(他們叫學生排隊等候。)
 → The students were made to wait (by them).
2. He heard his dog bark/barkin at a cat.(他聽到他的狗對著一隻貓叫。)
 → His dog was heard to bark/barking at a cat (by him).
3. I saw a man jump/jumping into the river.(我看見一個人跳進河裡。)
 → A man was seen to jump/jumping into the river.


四、疑問問句被動語態

(l)Yes/No問句 
※be動詞+主詞+過去分詞......?
1. Does your wife cook your meals?(你太太會做飯給你吃嗎?)
 → Are your meals cooked by your wife?
2. Did your father bake this pizza?
(這批薩是你父親烤的嗎?)
 → Was this pizza baked by your father?
3. Will you finish the work tomorrow?(你明天會完成這工作嗎?)
 → Will the work be finished (by you) tomorrow?

(2)WH問句 
1. Who produced this CD?(誰製作這張CD?)
 → Who(m) was this CD produced by?
 → By whom was this CD produced?(文章體)
2. Who do the police suspect?(警察懷疑誰?)
 →  Who is suspected by the police?
3. What do you call this in English?(這個用英文怎麼稱呼?)
 →  What is this called in English?
4. What kind of program do you favor?(你喜愛哪種節目?)
 →  What kind of program is favored by you?


五、祈使句的被動語態  

(1) (Don't)+原形動詞...  
1. Open the door of the room.(打開這房門。)
 →  Let the door of the room be opened.
2. Don't forget this lesson.(別忘了這個教訓。)
 →  Let this lesson not be forgotten.
 → Dont let this lesson be forgotten.

(2) Let+受詞十原形動詞...
Let my daughters pack the things.(讓我女兒打包這些東西吧。)
 →  Let the things be packed by my daughters.

重點
* 使役動詞 
(a) make/have + O.+V.
   make/have + O.+p.p.  
I made him do it.
I made it done.
(b) got + O.+to V.
    got + O.+p.p.
I got him to do it.
I got it done.
(c) let + O.+V.
   let + O.+be p.p.
Let him do it.
Let it be done.

六、 say, believe, expect, know, think, consider等的被動語態 

1. They say that yawns are catching.(據說打哈欠會傳染。)
 →  1t is said that yawns are catching.
 →  Yawm are said to be catchiIlg.

* It is said + that + S + V.
S is said to不定詞。

2. We expect that the plane will land on time.(我們希望飛機能準時著陸。)
 →  It is expected that the plane will land on time.
 →  The plane is expected to land on time. 

3. They think that he is the best football player of the year.
(他們認為他是年度最佳美式足球員。)
 → It is thought that he is the best football player of the year.
 → He Is thought to be the best football player of the year.

七、特別注意的被動語態 

(1)被動語態行為者前不加by
be shocked at (by)對...感到震驚
be surprised ( →  amazed) at (by)對...感到訝異
be amused at (by)對...感到有趣
be disappointed at (by)對...(事)感到失望
be disappointed in (with, about)對...(人)感到失望
be satisfied with對...感到滿意
be excited about對...感到興奮
be embarrassed abbout對..感到困窘
be interested in對..感到興趣

be known to 為...(人)所知
be covered with被..(物)覆蓋
be crowded with以...(物)充滿

1. She was shocked at the man's bad manners.(那男人的無禮使她震驚。)
2. Her parents were satisfied with her school report.
(她父母親對她的成績單感到滿意。)
3. Mr.Wang is known to many young students.(許多年輕學子久仰王老師的大名。)
注意
The language is known by everyone in this class.(班上的每位同學都懂這個語言。)
She is known as an excellent pianist.(她以身為優秀的鋼琴家而聞名。)

4. The box was covered with a black cloth by the magician.
(那盒子被魔術師蓋上黑布。)

* with+道具、手段、物品
  as+身份
  by+動作者、行為者

5. Many people were killed in the plane crash.(許多人在那次墜機中身亡。)
6. He is absorbed in buying and selling real estate.(他熱衷於買賣房地產。)

(2)具有被動語態功能的過去分詞，有時可修飾名詞。
1. These are home-made cakes.(這些是家庭烘製的蛋糕。) 
2. Excited spectator rushed into the playground.(興奮的歡眾們衝進運動場。)

(3)不定詞、動名詞也可用於被動。
 to V → to be p.p.
 Ving  → being p.p.

1. I don't like to be taIked about.(我不喜歡成為別人的話題。)
2. Nobody likes being made fun of.(沒有人喜歡被捉弄。)

(4)被動語態，有時表示動作，有時表示狀態。 
1. The street lights are switched on at sunset.(日落時分街燈被點亮。) -- 動作
  The street lights are switched now.(現在街燈是亮著的。) -- 狀態
2. My little brother is dressed by my mother.(我弟弟讓我母親為他穿衣服。) -- 動作
  My little brother is dressed in red pants today.(我弟弟今天穿紅色褲子) -- 狀態

注意
有時為了強調動作,經常用become, get, grow 代替 be動詞。
1. She got dressed very quickly.(她穿衣服很快。)
有時為了強調狀態，會用 lie、stand、remain、stay等字。
2. The city lies buried under the sand.(這城市被埋藏在沙漠底下。)
3. The door remained closed until morning.(直到早上門依舊關著。)
 
(5.)主動語態表示被動, 這類動詞有:
bake(烘培), sell(銷售), keep(保持),cook(烹調), rent(出租), lock(上鎖),
eat(吃起來), wear(耐用), catch(鉤住), feel(摸起來), wash(清洗), cut(切掉),read (讀起來), tear(弄破), peel(剝皮).

1. Chicken doesn't bake well.(雞肉烤得不好。)
2. Your paper reads like a novel.(你的報告讀起來像小說一般。)
3. Long use has worn his gloves at the tips.(長久使用使他手套的指尖部分磨損了。)
4. Red wine stains doesn't wash out easily.(紅酒污漬不易洗掉。)
5. The door doesn't lock.(門沒上鎖。)
6. This tough steak doesn't cut easily.(這很硬的牛排不好切。)

(6.)經驗性的被動語態
用have/get+受詞+過去分詞的句型。表達被害之意。
1. I had my house burned down in the fire.(我家在那場火災中付之一炬。)
2. I got my pocket picked.(我的錢被扒了。)
3. I got my wrist broken.(我弄折了我的手腕。)

注意
1. I got my tooth pulled out.
  a. 有人拔掉我的牙齒。
  b. 我請牙醫幫我拔牙。

2. I had my hair cut.(我剪頭髮了。)

(7)慣用的被動語態
(a) be born(出生)
 I was born in 1975.(我出生在1975年。)
注意
生產;忍受: bear - bore - borne
出生: bear - bore - born 
1. My mom has borne four children.(我母親生了四個小孩。)
2. You were borne by me.(你是我生的。)
3. He was born on January 1.(他出生在一月一日。)

(b) be married結婚
They have been married seven years.(他們結婚七年了。)

(c) be injured/be wounded/be hurt受傷 
1. She was badly/slightly injured in the accident.(她在那次事故中受重/輕傷。)
2. He was wounded in the left leg.(他左腿受傷。)
3. Aren't you hurt?(你有沒有受傷?)

注意
injure使...受傷
wound (以刀、槍)使...負傷
hurt (肉體、精神上)傷害
 
(d) be acquainted with熟悉
They are acquainted with each other.(他們彼此熟識。)

(e) be engaged從事/訂婚
1. My father is engaged in business.(我父親在做生意。)
2. John is engaged to Mary.(John和Mary訂婚了。)

(f) be used/ accustomed to習慣
1. They are accustomed to foreign manners.(他們習慣於外國禮儀。)
2. I am used to staying up late at night.(我習慣熬夜。)

注意
 be used to N / Ving 習慣 ~
 used to V 以前習慣~ ; 過去經常~
1. My father used to smoke, but now he doesn't.(我父親以前常抽煙，但現在不抽了。) 
2. He used to be a naughty boy.	(他以前是個頑皮的孩子。)
 
(g) be seated坐下
Please be seated 
=> Please sit down.
=> Please take a seat. (請坐。)
=> Please seat yourself.


謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
第五冊

(拾陸) 助動詞

所謂助動詞，是和本動詞合在一起，用來表現時態、語態，語氣的動詞。除此之外，助動詞也能用來表示疑問，否定、強調等意思。

一、助動詞的特徵 

1. 其後須接原形動詞。
He can not speak English.(對) 
He can speaks English.(錯)

2. 現在式中,主詞為第三人稱單數,字尾不加s。
He cans speak English.(錯)

3. 形成否定句時，在助動詞後加not。
He cannot speak English.(對) 
He doesn't can speak English.(錯)

4. 形成疑問句時，將助動詞放在主詞前。
Can he speak English?(對) 
Does he can speak English?(錯)

5. 兩個助動詞不能連用
You will can swim soon.(錯)

二、助動詞的用法

(1) can (could)

can是用來表示能力、許可、可能的助動詞，而 could是can的過去式。

(a) 表「能力」(=be able to)
1. He can speak Japanese, but he cannot (→ can't) write it.
(他會說日文,但不會寫。)
2. She tried to tie the rope, but she couldn't.
(她設法綁這條繩子，結果綁不起來。)
3. I will be able to finish the paper and go out to see the exhibition tomorrow.
(明天我將能完成報告並出去看展覽。) 
4. I haven't been able to recall his name.(我一直想不起他的名字。)

(b) 表「可能」
1. It cannot be true.(那不可能是真的。)
2. This kind of thing can happen every now and then.(這種事情隨時可能會發生。) 
3. A quarrel can sometimes cause trouble.(口角有時可能引發問題。)
4. The light in the sky could be a UFO!(天空中的光線可能是幽浮。)

(c) 表「許可」 
1. You can come in if you have a ticket.(如果你有門票就可以進來。)
2. I am afraid you can't park your car here.(恐怕你不可以把車停在這裡。)
3. Can I leave early because I'll not well today?  - Certainly.
(因為我今天不舒服，我可以早點離開嗎? - 可以。)

(d) 表「請求」
1. Can you do me a favor?(你能幫我忙嗎? )
注意
Could you do me a favor? 是更客氣的說法。一般來說，針對自己的行為會用Can I ...?而針對對方的行為則用Could you ...?
2. Could you repeat your cell phone number, please?
(請你重覆一遍你的手機號碼好嗎?)

(2) may (might)

(a) 表「許可」
1.You may not chew gum in class.(你不可以在課堂上嚼口香糖。)
2. May I interrupt you? - sure.(我可以打擾你一下嗎?一好的。)

(b) 表「可能」
1. You may be right but I am against your opinion. 
(你可能是對的，但我還是反對你的意見。)
2. His health may or may not turn for the better.  
(他的健康狀況可能會好轉，也可能會惡化。)
3. She might not know that you are here.(她或許不知道你在這裡。)
注意
 might可用於現在或過去式。其所表示的可能性較may低。

(c) 表「祈願」
1. May I never see a sight like that again!(願我不會再看見那樣的景像!)
2. May you succeed.(祝你成功。)

(3) must
(a) 表「義務、命令」
1. You must return this book by next Tuesday.(下週二前你必須歸還這本書。)
2. You must not talk with your mouth fu11.(你不可以在嘴巴有東西時說話。)

注意
must → 必須，must not → 不可以。
3. Must I really attend the meeting?(我真的必須參加那個會議嗎?)
- Yes, you must.(是的，你必須。)
- No, you need not.(不，你不需要。)
  No, you don't have to.(不，你不必。)

注意
must=have to (必須)。但must只能用於現在式,其過去式用had to，未來式用 will have to,完成式用 have had to代替。
1. I had to go to see the doctor because I caught a cold.
(因為我感冒了，我必須去看醫生。)
2. You'll have to replace this light bulb.(你將必須更換這個燈泡。)
3. We have had to stay here because it's raining heavily outside.
(我們必須一直待在這裡，因為外面正下著大雨。) 

注意:
口語中，常用 have got to 代替 have to。
1. You've got to be more patient, Mary.(Mary，你必須更有耐心。) 

(b) 表「推測」
1. You must be kidding.(你一定是在開玩笑。)
2. That is an enormous animal; it must weigh a ton.
(那是隻巨大的動物;牠可能重達一噸。)

注意:
表推測時的must，其否定用cannot代替。
1. She's very young. She cannot be over twenty.
(她非常年輕，她不會超過二十歲。)

(c)表「必然」
1. All men must die.(人一定會死。)

(4) will 
will除表示「未來」之外，還有下列用法。

(a) 表「現在的推測」
1. Mom will be downstairs now.(媽媽現在應該在樓下吧。)
2. That will be his house.(那應該是他家吧! )

(b) 表「主詞強烈的意志;固執」
1. The window will not open.(窗戶怎麼也打不開。)
2. He will insist on his right.(他要堅持他的權利。)

(c) 表「習慣;傾向」
1. Accidents will happen.(事故總是會發生。)
2. A drowning man will catch at a straw.(溺水者攀草求援。)

(d) 表「請求;勸誘」
1. Will you bring me a ladder?(麻煩你拿個樓梯給我好嗎?)
2. Will you have one more coffee?(你要不要再來杯咖啡?)

(5) would 
 wou1d為will的過去式，但有其獨特的用法。 

(a) 表「客氣的請求」
1. Would you mind if I sit next to you?(你介意我坐在你旁邊嗎?)
2. Wou1d you call me back later?(請你稍後再打給我好嗎?)

(b) 表「過去的習慣」-- 常伴隨著sometimes、 often等頻率副詞。
1. Before they had television, people would 1isten to the radio.
(在有電視之前，人們習慣聽收音機。) 
2. Susan would often chat with us at this coffee shop. 
(Susan以前經常和我們在這家咖啡館聊天。)

(c) 表「過去的意志」
1. You wouldn't eat carrots when you were a boy.
(你小時候不肯吃紅蘿蔔。)
2. The rusty screw wouldn't come loose.(這生銹的螺絲怎麼也弄不開。)

(6) used to 

(a) 表「過去習慣」
1. John used to work part-time at a restaurant after school.
(John以前在下課後常到餐廳打工。)
2. I used to go for a swim on my lunch break, but now I don't.
(我以前常在午休時去游泳，但現在則不。)
3. I used to go to the movies every Sunday.(我以前每個星期天都會去看電影。)
 I would often go to the movies when I was young.(我年輕時常去看電影。)

注意
used to表示過去相當長時期的習慣; 
would表示過去動作的重復，其習慣的意味較淡。

注意
used to的否定為used not to或 didn't use to
 疑問為Used+S+to...?或Did+S+use to...?
1. He used not to drink.(他以前不喝酒。)
  => He didn't use to drink.
2. Used he to go to school with you?(他以前常和你一起上學嗎?)
  => Did he use to go to school with you?
3. We used to talk about our future, didn't we?
   We used to talk about our future, usedn't we?
(我們以前常談到未來，不是嗎?)

(b) 表「過去持續的狀態」 
1. There used to be an old temple here.(從前這裡有一座古廟。)
2. He isn't what he used to be three years ago.(他不再是三年前的他了。)

注意:
物 be used to V => (物)被用來~
人be used to Ving => (人)習慣~
人used to V => 過去習慣於~
1. The knife is used to cut bread.(這刀子是用來切麵包的。)
2. I am used to keeping good hours.(我習慣早睡早起。)

(7) should
 
(a) 表「義務」
1. You should exercise more and eat less.(你應該多運動並且少吃東西。)
2.The government should spend more money on education.(政府應該多花點錢在教育上。)

(b) 表「推測」 
1. Our guests should be here within an hour.(我們的客人應該在一小時內會到吧。)
2. I sent you e-mail yesterday, so you should know about the invitation.
(我昨天寄電子郵件給你實所以你應該知道邀請函的事吧。)

(c) 表「強烈的驚奇」
1. Who should make such a foolish mistake?(誰會犯如此愚蠢的錯誤呢?)
2. How should I know it?(我為什麼該知道那件事呢?)

注意
ought to(應該) 語氣較should強，在口語中更常用。
1. My bicycle ought to be here becauseI I eft it just beside the telegraph pole.
(我的腳踏車應該在這裡，因為我就把它停在電線桿旁。)
2. You oughtn't (to) do so.(你不該這麼做。)
3. Ought we (to) tell him about it?(我們該告訴他那件事嗎?)

注意 
 美式口語中，to常省略。

(8) need 

need(需要) 一般做為動詞使用。若當助動詞，只能用於否定句或疑問句。
l.You don't need to speak so loud.  I hear you very well.
(你不需要說這麼大聲，我聽得很清楚。)
 => You need not speak so loud.  I hear you very well.
2. Do I need to record the program on the tape? - No, you don't need to.
(我需要把節目錄下來嗎? - 不，你不需要。)
 => Need I record the program on the tape? - No, you needn't.
注意
美語中，need多用於動詞用法。

(9) dare  

助動詞dare有「敢~」 之意。現在式為 dare,過去式為 dared,但dare也有動詞用法，形成「dare+(to)+原形動詞」。
1. She dare not tell the truth.(她不敢說實話。)
=> She does not dare to tell the truth.
=> She does not dare tell the truth.
2. I dared not laugh at him at that time.(那時我不敢笑他。)
=> I didn't dare to laugh at him at that time.
=> I didn't dare laugh at him at that time.
3. How dare you ask me for help?(你還敢向我求救?)
4. I dare say he is right.(我敢說他是對的。)

三、含助動詞的慣用表現

(1)助動詞+have+過去分詞

1. You may have heard this joke before.(你以前可能聽過這個笑話。)
2. The keys might have fallen out of your pocket.(鑰匙可能掉出口袋了。)
3. I mhst have been asleep. I didn't hear your footsteps.(我一定是睡著了，才會沒聽到你的腳步聲。)
4. He cannot have survived in the accident.(他不可能在那意外中生存。)
5. You should (→ ought to) have applied for the job sooner.
(你應該早點去應徵那份工作。)
→實際上並沒有 
6. She need not have come so early.(她不需要這麼早來。)
→實際上很早來。

(2)含can的慣用表現 

1. cannot help + V-ing (禁不住...)
I cannot help crying whenever I hear that song.(無論何時我聽到那首歌都忍不住哭了。)
2.cannot help but V (不能不...)
I cannot help but think so.(我不能不如此想。)
3. cannot...too... (無論再...也不為過)
You cannot be too careful when you choose a busband.
(你選擇丈夫時，無論再小心也不為過。) 
→ 愈小心愈好

(3)含may(might)的慣用表現 

1. may well+V (大可...; 恐怕是...) 
He may well say so.(他大可這麼說。)
She may well be lost.  She has a poor sense of direction.(她恐怕迷路了 - 她的方向感很差。)
2.may(might) as well+V... (不妨~)
You'll never solve that problem. You might as well give up.(你將無法解決那問題，不妨放棄吧。)
3.may(might)as well V as V... (與其...不如...)
You might as well throw your money into the sea as lend it to him.
(與其借錢給他不如把它丟入海裡。)

(4)should用於that子句中
(a) 表「感情因素」
* 此句型中常用的有:
surprising(驚訝)、strange(奇怪)、lucky(幸運)、sad(悲傷)、regrettable(遺憾)、natural(自然)、a pity(可惜)等。

1. It is natura1 that she should want to have children.
(她想要有小孩是很自然的事。)
2. It's a pity that he should be sick in bed.
(他竟然臥病在床，實在可憐。)
注意
也可說成It's a pity that he is sick in bed.
但使用should較能表達說者情感。

(b) 表「當然;必要」
* 此句型中常用的有: 
important(重要)、necessary(必要)、essential(不可或缺)、desirable(期望)、right(正確)等。

1. It is necessary that you (should) take this medicine right away.
(你有立刻吃藥的必要。)
2. It is important that you (should) remember this formula.
(記住這個公式是重要的。)

(c) 表「提案、要求」
* 此句型中常用的有:
advise(忠告)、decide(決定)、demand(要求)、insist(堅持)、order(命令)、propose(提議)、request(要求)、suggest(提議)等。

1. I suggest that the meeting (should) be postponed.(我建議會議延期。)
2. Mother insists that my brother (should) get up at five every morning.
(媽媽堅持要哥哥每天早上五點起床。)

(d) 含would的慣用表現 
1. would rather ~ than... (寧願~不願…)

I would rather go today than yesterday.(我寧願今天去而不願昨天去。)
=> I had rather go today than yesterday.

2. would like to V (想要...) 
I would like to have a date with him.(我想要和他約會。)
=> I want to have a date with him.
=> I feel like having a date with him.


(拾柒) 特殊構句

一、倒裝 

一般來說，英文句中的順序為主詞+動詞。
而所謂的倒裝句,就是將其更換為動詞+主詞的語順。正確來說,倒裝句可分下列三種:
(1)動詞+主詞
(2)助動詞(do，does,did)+主詞+原形動詞
(3)助動詞(will，can,should...)+主詞+原形動詞

(1)否定字放句首 
否定字+be動詞+主詞...
否定字+助動詞+主詞+原形動詞...

1. He is never late for school.
→ Never is he late for school.
→ He never goes to school late.
→ Never does he go to school late.
(他上學從不遲到。)
2. He rarely tells a joke. 
→ Rarely does he tell a joke.
(他很少說笑。)
3. I have never seen such beautiful scenery.
→ Never have I seen such beautiful scenery.
(我從未見過如此美麗的景色。)
4. I had hardly (=scarcely) sat in the chair when (=before) someone knocked at the door. 
→ Hardly (=Scarcely) had I sat in the chair when (=before) someone knocked at the door.
(我剛坐下就有人敲門。) 
5. He had no sooner reached his house than it began to rain.
→ No sooner had he reached his house than it began to rain. 
(他一到家就開始下雨了。)
6. In (=Under) no circumstances will I allow you to go there.
(無論任何情形下，我都不准你去那裡。)
7. He not only draws illustrations but (he also) writes novels.
→ Not only does he draw illustrations but he (also) writes novels.
(他不僅畫插圖而且寫小說。)
8. I did not know (that) he was homesick until I talked to him.
→ Not until I talked to him did I know he was homesick.
(直到和他聊過後，才知道他患了思鄉病。) 
注意
Not until+副詞子句+倒裝句

重點
否定字後伴隨著受詞,則形成:否定字+受詞+倒裝句。
但不含否定字的受詞放句首時，則不可接倒裝句。
 
1. I had no hope at that time.
→ No hope did I have at that time.
(那時我全然無望。) 
2. My father did not say a word.
→ Not a word did my father say.
(我父親一句話也沒說。)
3. That red car I like very much, but this blue one I dislike.
(那紅車我很喜歡,但藍車我不喜歡。)

重點
only在意義上近乎否定字，故可放句首，其後接倒裝句。

1. Only in case of emergency can we use this exit.
(只有在緊急時才能使用此出口。) 
2. Only when it rains do you feel cool.(只有下雨時才覺得涼爽一些。)

重點
only if + 副詞子句，倒裝句...(只要)
If only + 假設句...(要是...就好了。)

1. Only if you pass the examination and become college student, will I accept you as a friend.(只要你考取成為大學生，我就認你為朋友。)
2. If only I had money, I could buy some new clothes.
(我要是有錢就好了，那我就能買些新衣服。)
3. If only he had arrived in time!(他要是及時趕到就好了。)

(2)表方向或場所的副詞放句首

 (方向、場所)副詞+動詞+主詞(名詞)
 (方向、場所)副詞+主詞(代名詞)+動詞

1. The teacher somes here.
→  Here comes the teacher.
 (老師來了)
→  Here he comes.

* 若主詞為代名詞，不用倒裝句。

2. A shower of stones came over the wall.
→ Over the wall came a shower of stones.
(一堆石頭從牆那頭丟來。)

(3) 程度副詞放句首

程度副詞+be動詞+主詞
程度副詞+助動詞+主詞+原形動詞
I remember well the promise you made last year. 
→ Well do I remember the promise you made last year.
(我清楚記得去年你許下的承諾) 

重點
so...that... ' such...that...也可改為倒裝句。
1. Amily is so beautiful that I am head over heels in love with her.
→ So beautiful is Amily that I am head over heels in love with her.
(Amily如此美麗，以致於我深深愛上她。)
2. It was such a boring lecture that half the students fell asleep.
→ Such a boring lecture was it that half the students fell asleep.
(如此無聊的一堂課，半數同學都睡著了。)
 
(4)補語放句首

補語+be動詞+主詞(名詞)
1. The country that has no war is happy.(沒有戰爭的國家是快樂的。)
→  Happy is the country that has no war.
2 .The sound of the bell grew faint.
= Faint grew the sound of the bell.
(鈴聲變小了。)
注意
此句型中，若主詞為代名詞，則不用倒裝句。

1. He is happy. →  Happy he is. (他很快樂。) 
2. You are right. →  Right you are.(你是對的。)
 
(5) so, neither, nor開始的句子 

so, neither,nor +be動詞+主詞
so, neither, nor +助動詞 - 主詞+原形動詞
1. Amy spent the whole evening watching TV, and so did her sister.
 Amy spent the whole evening watching TV, and her sister did, too.
(Amy整晚都在看電視,而她姊姊也是。)
2. You don't feel like eating any more, and neither(→nor) do I. 
  You don't feel like eating any more, and I don't, either.
  You don't feel like eating any more, and me, either. 
(你們不想再吃了,我也不想。)
注意
下列句子的意思和上例不同 
It is getting dark in this room.(房間漸漸暗了。)
So is that room.(那個房間也是。) 
So it is.(沒錯。)


二、強調

特別加強句中某字詞的意義者，稱為強調。 
(1) It beV強調部份that剩餘部份...
My father caught a carp in this river last week.
(我父親上星期在這條河裡抓到一隻鯉魚。) 
→  It was my father that (→ who) caught a carp in this river 1ast week.
(上星期在這條何裡抓到一隻鯉魚的是我父親。)
‧It was a carp that (→  which) my father caught in this river 1ast week.(上星期我父親在這條河裡抓到的是鯉魚。) 
→  It was in this river that (→  where) myy father caught a carp last week.(上星期我父親就是在這條河裡抓到鯉魚。) 
→  It was last week that (→ when) my father caught a carp in this river.(就在上星期我父親在這條河裡抓到一隻鯉魚。)
注意
此句型中，動詞或形容詞不可用來強調。
 
(2)助動詞、形容詞、副詞的強調

(a) 用do、does、did強調動詞
1. Do feel free to call me at any time.(不要客氣，任何時候你都可以打電話給我。)
2. She rarely speaks at our meetings, but when she does speak, she is always to the point.
(她很少在會議上說話，但只要她開口，總是會說到重點。)

(b) 用反身代名詞或very強調名詞
1. This is the very spot where I found the purse.(這就是我發現錢包的確實地點。)
2. He is happiness itself.(他是幸福的代名詞。)
(→ He is very happy. /He is all happiness.)

(c)
 i. 強調形容詞或副詞原級用very, so, awfully, highly, terribly, dreadfully...等。
 ii. 強調形容詞比較級用much, even, a lot, far, still等。
 iii. 強調形容詞最高級用much, far and away, by far 或possible等。

l. The dog is terribly smart.(這隻狗非常機靈。)
2. The question was much easier than I had thought.(這問題遠比我所想得更為簡單。) 
3. That's much the best plan.(那絕對是最好的計畫。)
(→ That's the very best plan.)
4. They are selling computers at the lowest possible prices at that store.(那家店販賣價格最低廉的電腦。)

(3) 疑問詞的強調
1. Who on earth is calling at this hour?(到底是誰在這時候打電話來?)
2. What in the world did you mean by that?(你那到底是什麼意思?)

注意
強調疑問詞用on earth, in the world。
而口語中也有用the hell, the devil, the deuce等。

(4)否定句的強調 
1. Never again will we make such a mistake.(我們絕不會再犯那樣的錯。)
2. The dress does not suit her at all.(這洋裝一點也不適合她。)
注意
at all也可強調疑問句或條件句。
1. Did you follow the doctor's advice at all?
(你究竟有沒有按照醫生的指示?)
2. If you learn English at all, learn it well.
(既然要學英文，就該把它學好。) 

注意
否定的強調，可將否定字放句首，或用at all, far from, in the least, by no means(決非), anything but等。
1. He is not a liar at all.
→ He is far from a liar.
→ He is not in the least a liar.
→ He is by no means a 1iar.
→ He is anything but a liar.
(他絕不是騙子。)

(5) 字詞重覆的強調
1. I waited for hours and hours.(我等了好幾個小時。)
2. He read the romantic letter aloud again and again.
  He read the romatic letter aloud over and over (again).
(他大聲地反覆地唸著那封羅曼蒂克的情書。)

(6) 其他
下列句子也表示強調。 
1. She is the most beautiful girl that I've ever seen.(她是我見過最美麗的女孩。) 
2. What surprised me was her scream.(最讓我驚訝的是她的尖叫聲。)
3. The first thing to remember is not to criticize anyone.(要切記的第一件事是不要批評任何人。)
4. All you have to do is study hard.(你所必須做的就是用功讀書。)

注意
All I have to do is get on the Internet.
→ What I have to do is get on the Internet.
→ The only thing I have to do is get on the Internet. / The first thing I have to do is get on the Internet.
(我所要做的事就是上網。)

三、省略

所謂省略,就是在一個完整句子中的一個字(或幾個字)省去,也無損整個句子的表達。

(1) 詞類的省略
備註:下列的例句中,在省略詞的地方以「*」表示。
1. I bought a bunch of flowers on my way home from my uncle's*.
我在從叔叔家回家的路上買了一束花。
2. The girls were brave, but the boys were not*. 
這些女孩勇敢，那些男孩則不。
3. Cathy ate a hamburger, and I *French fries,
Cathy吃了漢堡,而我吃薯條。
4. You may go home now if you want to*.
如果你想的話就可以回家。 
5. What she said made him happy, but* me disappointed.
她所說的令他高興,但令我失望。
6. I like her better than *him.
(我喜歡她勝過喜歡他。) 
* I like her better than he *.
我喜歡她勝過他喜歡她
7, To some life is pleasure, to others * suffering.
對有些人而言生活是愉悅的,但對有些人而言是痛苦的。
8. He is rich, but his uncle is twice as rich*.
他很富有,但他叔叔是他的兩倍。)
9. I had no difficulty * finding his house.
我毫無困難地找到他家。
10. * Sounds great.
聽起來很棒
11. * Don't know what to say.
我不知道該說什麼
12. * Doesn't look very well.
她看起來不太舒服

(2)從屬子句的主詞及主要子句的主詞相同時，則省略。
1. When * in school, they were good friends.
他們在學生時代便是好朋友。 
2. When * in Rome, do as the Romans do.
入境隨俗。
3. Though * poor, he is an honest man.
雖然窮，但他很誠實。
4. If * put in the refrigerator, meat will keep for a week.
如果把肉放進冷凍庫，可保存一星期。 

注意
if之後所省略的主詞及動詞，可能和主要子句的不同。 
1. Please point out the mistakes if * any. 
如果有錯誤的話，請指出來。
2. I'd like to see you off if * possible. 
如果可能的話，我會為你送行。

(3)感歎句中的主詞及動詞省略
1. How careless * of you to lose your wallet! 
你弄丟了你的皮夾,真是太粗心了!
2. What a pity * that you can't come with us! 
真可惜你不能和我們一起來!

注意
感歎句中的形容或副詞,有時可省略
1. How (hard) it rain! (雨下得好大啊! )
2. What a (wonderfull terrible) day! (多美/慘的一天啊! )

(4)關係詞的省略 
1. 1s this the key * you are looking for?(這是你在找的鑰匙嗎?)
2. I visited the village * my parents were born.
我拜訪了我雙親出生的那個村落。
3. What are the languages * spoken in Canada?
加拿大說那幾種語言?

(5)連接詞that的省略
(a)連接詞連接兩個that子句時，第一個子句的that可省，第二個that不可省。
1. He said (that) his brother was out, but that his sister was home.
他說他哥哥不在家，但他姊姊在家。
2. Mike told his wife (that) he had bought the lottery and that they could go to Europe in the near future. 
Mike告訴他太太他已買了樂透彩券，並且在不久之後他們就能去歐洲旅行。

(b) that引導的名詞子句,在say,hope,wish,know,explain, believe等動詞後，常省略。 
1. My girlfriend doesn't know (that) I'm going to give her a big surprise.
我女朋友不知道我要給她一個大驚喜。
2. I believe (that) he is a great scholar. 
我相信他是位偉大的學者。

(c) that子句若接在表「建議、要求,命令」等意義的動詞之後，that不可省，但句中的should可省。 
1. I suggested that Jack (should) finish the work as soon as possible.
我建議Jack要儘快完成這工作。
2. He insisted that the meeting (should) be adjourned till tomorrow.
他堅持休會到明天。

(6)廣告、告示、新聞標題等的省略
1. HOUSE FOR SALE. 
房屋出售。
(→  The house is for sale.) 
2. Road Closed. 
道路封閉。
(→  This road is closed.) 
3. Kidnapper Arrested in Chicago. 
綁架者在芝加哥被逮。
(→  The kidnapper was arrested in Chicago.)

四.插入 

所謂插入，是將字、片語、子句放在句子的中間或句尾，用以補充說明或加強印象,通常用逗號或破折號來區隔。

(1)字的插入 
1. His son, fortunately, was rescued from the burning house.
很幸運地，他的兒子從失火的房子中被救了出來。 
2. She is, undoubtedly, an able secretary.
無疑地，她是位能幹的秘書。
3. She was very tired, nevertheless, she went to work as usual.
她很疲倦，但她仍然照常去工作。
 
(2)片語的插入 
1. It is, after all, due to his misunderstanding.
總之，那是由於他的誤會所造成。
2. Clothes in this boutique, in my opinion, are overpriced.
依我之見，這家精品店的衣服價格太高。
3. He's rude, bad-tempered and conceited - in short, he's a very unpleasant man.
他粗魯，脾氣壤，又自負。簡單地說，他是一個討人厭的人。
4. She seldom, if ever, goes to the movies by herself.
她不曾，就是有也很少，獨自一人去看電影 。
5. It was cold, and what was worse (→ to make matters worse), it began to rain. 
天氣很冷，更糟的是，還開始下雨。

(3)子句的插入 
1. I thought he would get better, but as it is, he is gettlng worse. 
我以為他會好轉,但事實上他一直在惡化。 
2. He is, as it were (→ so to speak),a walking dictionary.
他好比是一本活字典。
3. Fishing in this river, as far as 1 know, is prohibited. 
就我所知，在這條河裡釣魚是被禁止的。
4. Something ought to be done, I agree. It's worth thinking about. 
我同意必須設法處理。這值得考慮。
5. Too much exercise, I think, is bad for your health.
我認為過多的運動有害你的健康。
6. Picasso, as you know, is one of the greatest artists in the world.
畢卡索，如你所知，是世界上最偉大的藝術家之一。


五.同位語 

為了補充名詞、代名詞的意思，可將其他名詞或名詞相等語放在其後,而後者就稱為同位語。
1. Her best friend Lisa is a nurse.
她最好的朋友， Lisa是一位護士。
2. Carter, a friend of mine, graduated from Oxford University. Carter,我的一位好朋友,畢業於牛津大學。
3. She was born and raised in the city of New York. 
她在紐約這個城市中出生成長。
4. The question whether he would agree with us was discussed.
他是否同意我們，此問題已討論過了。
5. It is a fiddle, or a violin.
那是一把 fiddle,也就是小提琴。
6. He came home two hours later than usual, that is (to say), about nine o'clock.
他比平常晚兩小時回家,也就是說會在九點左右。
7. All of us knew the fact that she was trying to conceal the scandal.
我們知道她試圖要隱瞞這醜聞的事實。

注意 
Al1 of us knew the fact that she was trying to conceal.
                          <形容詞子句>
(我們知道她試圖要隱藏的事實。) 


(拾捌) 代名詞

代名詞的種類

1.人稱代名詞 --- 表示說話者(第一人稱)，聽者(第二人稱),話題中的人、事、物(第三人稱)之代名詞。如:I, you等。
2.指示代名詞 --- 用來指示人或事物的代名詞。如: this, that等。
3.不定代名詞 --- 代替不特定的人、事、物。如 some， anyone等。
4.疑問代名詞 --- 發問時所使用的代名詞。如: who, which等。
5.關係代名詞 --- 兼具連接詞的功能,連接先行詞及其修飾的子句。如:who,which等。

一、人稱代名詞
第一人稱    
  單數: (主格) I ; (所有格) my ; (受格) me ; (所有代名詞) mine ; (反身代名詞) myself
  複數: (主格) we ; (所有格) our ; (受格) us ; (所有代名詞) ours ; (反身代名詞) ourselves
第二人稱
  單數: (主格) you ; (所有格) your ; (受格) you ; (所有代名詞) yours ; (反身代名詞) yourself
  複數: (主格) you ; (所有格) your ; (受格) you ; (所有代名詞) yours ; (反身代名詞) yourselves
第三人稱
  單數: 男性 : (主格) he ; (所有格) his ; (受格) him ; (所有代名詞) his ; (反身代名詞) himself
  單數: 女性 : (主格) she ; (所有格) her ; (受格) her ; (所有代名詞) hers ; (反身代名詞) herself
  單數: 中性 : (主格) it ; (所有格) its ; (受格) it ; (所有代名詞) - ; (反身代名詞) itself
  複數: (主格) they ; (所有格) their ; (受格) them ; (所有代名詞) theirs ; (反身代名詞) themselves

(1)人稱代名詞的格
主格+動詞
所有格+名詞
動詞+受格/介系詞+受格

1. She is from a small village in the north. 
她來自北方的一個小村莊。
2. His shirt has his initials on it.
他的襯衫上有他的名字縮寫。
3. Please tell me the way to the post office.
請告訴我去郵局的路。
4. Send the fax to her as soon as possible.
儘快寄傳真給她。

注意 
I love you more than her.
我愛你勝過她。
I love you more than she.
我比她更愛你。

(2) 人稱代名詞的順序
單數:第二人稱、第三人稱、第一人稱。
複數:第一人稱、第二人稱、第三人稱。

1. You and I had better start at once.
你和我最好立刻出發。

注意
遇到不好的事端，可先說I。
I and Bob were arrested for speeding.
我和Bob因超速被逮捕。

(3) we、 you、they的特殊用法: 
1. We should try to learn from our mistakes.
我們應該設法從錯誤中學習。 -- 包含說話者本身
2. You can't get a driver's license till you're eighteen.
直到十八歲才能考駕照。 --- 包含聽者在內
3. They say that she will marry.
據說她要結婚了。 --- 不包含說話者及聽者

注意
We live on rice in Taiwan.
台灣人以求食為生。 --- 台灣人說的話
You live on rice in Taiwan. --- 非台灣人對台灣人說的話
They live on rice in Taiwan. --- 非台灣人對非台灣人說的話
通用: People live on rice in Taiwan. 

(4) it的用法
(a) 表時間、天氣、距離、天色狀況等。
1. It is three years since my broher got married.
我哥哥結婚三年了。
2. It gets hot and humid in summer.
夏天又熱又濕。
3. It's about two kilometers to the town from here.
從這裡到鎮上大約兩公里的路程。
4. It gets dark early at this time of the year.
每年此時,天都黑得很早。
5. How is it going at school?
上學上得如何?
6. How do you like it here?  I like it very much.
你覺得這裡如何?我很喜歡。

(b) 形式主詞it
1. It is important to keep a promise.
信守承諾很重要。
2. It is not easy to get out of a bad habit.
革除惡習是不容易的。
3. It is no use crying over the spilt milk.
覆水難收。
4. It is important that you obey the rules.
遵守規則很重要。
5. It makes no difference how you do it.
你怎麼做都沒有差別。

(C) 形式受詞 it
1. Air tanks make it possible for divers to breathe underwater.水肺使得潛水者能在水底呼吸。
2. I found it surprising that she didn't know who Michael Jordan was. 
我很驚訝地發現她不知道Michael Jordan是誰。

(d) It be ~ that ~的強調句
I met Miss White in the park yesterday.
我昨天在公園遇到White小姐。
=> It was I that (=> who) met Miss White in the park yesterday.
=> It was Miss White that (=> who/whom) I met in the park yesterday.
=> It was in the park that (=> where) I met Miss White yesterday.
=> It was yesterday that (=> when) I met Miss White in the park.

(e) 其它重要表現
1. It cost thirty dollars to fix the computer.
修電腦花了三十元。
2. It takes two hours to get to the airport. 
到機場要兩小時。
3. I take it for granted that they got divorced. 
他們會離婚我認為是理所當然的。

所有代名詞

所有代名詞 =人稱代名詞之所有格+名詞 
(1) 一般用法
1. My coat is brown, and his is b1ack.
我的外套是咖啡色，而他的是黑色。
2. Your bike is so different from mine.
你的腳踏車和我的真是不同。

(2) 雙重所有格
< a/this/some等 + 名詞 + of + 所有代名詞 >
她的一本書。
her a book(錯)
a book of hers (對) 

1. I happened to meet a friend of mine at the station.
我碰巧在車站遇到我一位朋友。
2. I really like that charming smile of hers.
我真喜歡她迷人的微笑。

(3)慣用表現 
1. Yours sincerely (truly, faithfully等)
敬上。
2. With best wishes to you and yours. 
竭誠祝福你和你的家人。


反身代名詞

(1) 反身用法: 當動詞或介系詞的受詞。
    強調用法: 放名詞或代名詞後加強語氣。

1. You should accustom yourself to your new surroundings. 
你應該使自己適應新環境。
2. I have never been to Paris myself, but I hear it's nice.
(=> I myself have never been to Paris,but I hear it's nice. )
我自己還沒到過巴黎，但我聽說那兒很棒。
3. Lisa's mom looked at her in the mIrror.
Lisa的母親看著鏡中的 Lisa。
Lisa's mom looked at herself in the mirror.
Lisa的母親看著鏡中的自己。

(2) 慣用表現 
1. Help yourself to the food. 
自行取用食物。
2. Take care of yourself.
好好照顧自己。
3. Please make yourself at home.
請不要拘束。
4. I couldn't make myelf understood in English.
我無法用英文表達自己。
5. Did you tie your shoelaces by yourself(=>alone)?
你自己綁的鞋帶嗎?
6. Look up the word in the dictionary for yourself.
你自己去查字典吧。

注意
take to oneself (自言自語)
dress oneself (穿衣服) 
behave oneself(守規距)
enjoy oneself (玩得愉快)
hurt oneself (受傷)
introduce oneself (自我介紹)
sit oneself (坐下)
beside oneself (忘形)
come to oneself (恢復知覺)

1. Please allow me to introduce myself. 
請容我自我介紹。
2. She was beside herself with joy.
她高興得忘了形。
3. He soon came to himself.
他不久即恢復知覺。

二、指示代名詞

(1) this(these)、that (those)

(a) 一般用法 - this指近的事物，而 that指遠的事物。
1. This is my son, and that is my daughter.
這位是我兒子，而那位是我女兒。
2. This is not the dessert I ordered. 
這不是我點的甜點。
3. Lots of people go abroad these days.
最近很多人出國。

(b) 電話用語
Who is this, please? - This is David speaking.
請問哪位? - 我是David。

(c) this、that表前述句子
1. To be or not to be - that is the question.
生或死?那是問題所在。
2. We have the right to express our opinions freely.
This is called freedom of speech. 
我們有權自由表達我們的意見。這就是言論自由。

(d) this指後續句子
1. I'11 just say this --- you should follow your father's advice.
我只說這一點 --- 你必須遵照你父親的忠告去做。
2. He told me to call her - this I did at once.
他叫我打電話給她，這事我立刻就做了。

(e) this (these)表「後者」; that(those)表「前者」
1. Work and play are both necessary to health; this gives us rest and that gives us energy.
工作和玩樂對健康都很必要。後者給予我們休息,前者賦予我們精力。

注意
this = play, that = work

2. Tobacco and alcohol are both injurious; but this (→ the latter) is less injurious than that (→ the former).
菸和酒兩者都有害,但後者的害處比前者少。

(f) that(those)可避免名詞重覆
1. Our climate is milder than that of lndia.
我國的氣候較印度的溫和。
2. Smokers' lungs are more likely to get cancer than those of nonsmokers.
吸煙者比不吸煙者較有可能得肺癌。

(g) this/that的慣用法
1. She went to this doctor and that.
她到處求醫。
2. We talked about this and that.
   We talked about this, that and the other.
我們談了種種的事情。
3. At this, she stood up.
聽到這個她就站了起來。
4. With this, he left the room.
說完話接著他就離開房間。
5. He yawned, and that very often.
他打呵欠，而且經常如此。
6. It's an idea; and a good one at that.
那是個主意,而且那還是個好主意。
7. He told me about his trip and what he bought and all that.
他告訴我關於他的旅行，他買的東西及一切種種。
8. He kissed her and with that he left.
他親了她一下，然後就離開。

(h) this, that可當副詞
1. The fish I caught was this big.
我抓到的魚有這麼大。
2. I didn't know you were that tired.
我不知道你那麼累。


(2) so 

(a) 當動作的受詞
1. He told me to wait in line and I did so.
他告訴我要排隊等候，而我照做。
2. Do you think it will be sunny tomorrow? - I hope so.
 你認為明天會是晴天嗎？ -- 希望如此。

(b) 當補語
1. Is that so?
是那樣嗎?
2. Do you still feel sick?  If so, you must see the doctor.
你還覺得不舒服嗎?如果是這樣,你一定要去看醫生。

(c)當副詞
1. Don't talk so fast.
別說得那麼快。
2. I often donate money to charity, and so does lny wife.
我經常捐錢給慈善機關,而我太太也是。

注意
The greatest gift we have is our hea1th, and so it is.
我們所擁有最棒的禮物是我們的健康,而事實也是如此。
 
(d) 慣用表現
1. They sell apples, oranges, bananas and so on.
他們賣蘋果、橘子、香蕉等等。
2. It's risky. - Maybe.  But even so, I have to do it.
那很危險。 - 或許吧。但即使如此，我還是要做。
3. He stayed here a year or so.
他大約在這裡停留了一年。

(3) such

(a) such + (a) + (形容詞) + 名詞
1. I don't know such a man.
我不認識這樣的人。
2. I have never heard such nonsense in a11 my life.
我這輩子還沒聽過這樣的廢話。

(b) all (any, few等) + such + 名詞
1. Have you tasted any such food before?
你以前吃過任何這樣的食物嗎?
2. I like lions, tigers and some such wild animals.
我喜歡獅子、老虎以及一些這類的野獸。

(c) 慣用表現
1. I visited several European countries, such as France, Italy and Switzerland.
我訪問過好幾個歐洲國家，如法國、義大利及瑞士。
2. I have never read books such as he mentioned.
我從沒讀過像他提到的那些書。

注意
I don't like such fish as an eel.
我不喜歡鰻魚之類的魚。
3. He is a gentleman and must be treated as such.
他是位紳士，所以我們必須以對待紳士的方式待他。
4. My income, such as it is, supports my family.
我的收入雖然只有如此,卻能養活我一家人。
5. The news gave her such a shock that she nearly fainted.
那消息使她非常震驚,她差一點就昏過去。

(4) same
(a) 一般用法 - 當代名詞、形容詞
1. I said it was a good buy and she said the same.
我說買的很划算,而她也如此說。
2. I don't like to have the same food every day.
我並不喜歡每天吃一樣的食物。

(b) the same ~ as/ the same ~ that
1. I want the same shoes as yours.
我想要和你一樣的鞋子。
2. He is the same man that I saw yesterday.
他就是我昨天看到的同一個人。

(c) 慣用表現
1. His opInion about this plan is much the same as yours.
他對於這計畫的意見和你的幾乎一樣。
2. He is rude, but I like him all the same.
他很無禮，但我仍舊喜歡他。
3. It's all the same to me.
→ It makes no difference to me.
對我來說都一樣。
4. Happy New Year! - (The) same to you.
新年快樂!彼此，彼此。
5. You may go today or tomorrow; it comes to the same thing.
你可以今天走或明天走，反正都一樣。


三、不定代名詞

表示不特定的人或物，或非一定數量的代名詞，即為不定代名詞。

(1) one

(a) 不加修飾語 - one = a/an + 單數名詞
1. I'd like to borrow a hmmer if you have one.
如果你有鐵槌的話,我想借一支。

注意
Did you bring the textbook? - No, I didn't bring it.
你有帶那本課本嗎? - 不，我沒有帶來。

(b) 加修飾語
1. I lost my umbrella yesterday; I must buy a new one.
我的雨傘昨天弄丟了;我必須找把新的。
2. These boots have worn out.  I need to buy some new ones.這些靴子已經穿壞了。我需要去買些新的。
3. I like that picture - I mean the third one from the left.
我喜歡那張畫 --- 我指的是左邊算來第三張。
4. The guitar is similar to the one I have.
這把吉他跟我擁有的那把很相似。

注意
one不可代替不可數名詞
He likes white wine better than red (wine).
他喜歡白酒勝於紅酒。

(c)慣用表現
1. She is nurse and mother (all) in one to the orphans.
她身兼孤兒的保姆及母親。
2. They left by (→ in) ones and twos.
他們三三兩兩地離開。
3. They came, one and all, to welcome him.
他們全體來歡迎他。
4. The teacher interviewed the students one by one.
老師一個一個地接見學生。
5. I, for one, do not agree.
我個人不同意。

(2) both / all 

(a) both用於二者; all用於三者以上
1. Both of my parents are happy about the result.
我的父母親都滿意這結果。

2. All (the) vil1agers knew of the accident. (形容詞) 
   All of the villagers knew of the acciclent. (代名詞)
   The villagers all knew of the accident. (同位格)
所有的村民都知道那件意外。

(b) all + 單數名詞表「全體」
1. It rained all afternoon. 
整個下午一直下雨。
2. All the town(→ The whole town) was destroyed.
整個鎮都被毀了。
3. They jogged all the way.
他們全程都用慢跑的。

(c) all + 抽象名詞/身體部位之複數
1. The lady was all smiles.
這女士滿臉笑容。
2. She was all ears.
她專注地聽。

(d) all的慣用表現
1. There are 700 boys and girls in all in our school.
我們學校一共有700名男女學生。
2. He ate the meat, bone and all.
他把肉連同骨頭都吃光光。
3. We have all but finished the work.
我們的工作幾乎快完成了。

注意
above all (尤其是)
first of all (首先) 
for all I know (就我所知)
all at once (→ all of a sudden) (突然)
for all (儘管)
at all (全然) → 用於否定句
at all (究竟) → 用於疑問句
at all (既然) → 用於條件句

1. I wasn't surprised at all.
我一點也不驚訝。
2. Do you know her at all?
你究竟認識她嗎?
3. If you learn English at all, learn it well.
既然你學了英文，就把它學好。
4. For all her efforts, she failed.
儘管她很努力，她還是失敗了。

(3) some / any

(a) 表示「一些」
肯定句中用some;否定句、疑問句、條件句，用any。
1. I need some coins. Have you got any ?
我需要一些硬幣,你有嗎?
2. Please lend me some money if you have any.
如果你有錢的話，請借我一些。

(b) some → 表「某個」
    any → 表「任何一個~都~」
1. How about having dinner at some good restaurant?
到某家好餐廳吃頓晚餐如何?
2. Any of the magazines will do.
任何一本雜誌都可以。

(c) some用於疑問句
表示邀請或請求的疑問句，或當說話者希望肯定的答案時，用some。
1. Would you like some coffee?
你要來些咖啡嗎?
2. If you eat some cabbage, I'11 take you to the park.
如果你吃些高麗菜，我就帶你去公園。

(d) some及any的副詞用法
some(大約); any(一點點<也>...)
1. Some forty people were present at the party.
大約四十人出席那場派對。
2. I dan't wait any longer.
我再也等不下去了。
3. It's not any too big for you.
對你而言，它一點也不算大。

(e) 慣用表現
1. I hope to visit London some day.
我希望有一天能去倫敦玩。
2. Let's discuss it some other day.
我們改天再討論吧。
3. We'll call on him in any case.
無論如何我們都要去拜訪他。
4. He was determined to finish the work at any lost.
他決定不惜任何代價去完成那工作。
5. Correct mistakes, if any.
如果有錯,就加以改正。
6. There is little water, if any.
即使有水，也很少。
 

(4) other / another 

(a) 一般用法
1. I don't like this one; please show me the other.
我不喜歡這個;請給我看另一個。 - 總共只有兩個
2. I don't like this one; please show me another.
我不喜歡這個，請讓我看另一個。 - 不只兩個
3. Would you like another piece of pie?
你要再來塊派嗎?

(b) 列舉
1. I have two sisters: one is married and the other is not.
我有兩位姊妹:一位結婚了，另一位還沒。
2. I have three sisters: one is sociable but the others are too shy.
我有三個姊妹:一位善於社交，另二位則太過害羞。

注意
數量為三時 → one - another - the other
數量為四時 → one - another - another -the other
I have three young friends: one is eight years old, another is ten, and the other is twelve.

3. Some of the club members came on time, but the others were all late.
有些俱樂部會員準時到達，但其餘的都遲到。
4. Some people are good at dancing; and others aren't.
有些人擅於舞蹈,而有些人則不。
5. She hung her raincoat on one hook and her umbrella on another.
她把雨衣吊在一個掛鉤上，把雨傘掛在另一個上。

注意
未列舉完: some ~, and some~. (可數，不可數)
          some ~, and others ~. (可數)
列舉完: some ~, and the rest ~. (可數，不可數)
        some ~, and the others. (可數)

(c) 慣用表現
1. I have a black cat and a white one: the one (→ former) likes to play, and the other (→ latter) sleeps most of the day.
我有一隻黑貓和一隻白貓。前者喜歡玩，後者幾乎整天在睡覺。
2. To know is one thing, and to teach is quite another.
知道是一回事，而教又是另一回事。
3. They shouted at each other.
他們彼此叫囂。
4. We introduced one another at the welcoming party.
我們在歡迎會上彼此介紹。
5. The restaurant served dishes one after another. 
餐廳陸續上菜。
6. The two girls rowed the boat one after the other.
那兩個女孩輪流划船。
7. On (the) one hand we look for excitement, but on the other (hand), we look for peace in mind.
我們一方面尋求刺激，一方面尋求心靈平靜。

(5) each / every

(a) each指二者以上之各個或各人，可當代名詞、形容詞、副詞。
    every指三者以上之每個,只能當形容詞。

1. On each side of the street there were policemen. 
街道兩旁站滿警察。
2. These hats cost 10 dollars each.
這些帽子一頂十元。
3. There are two books in his bag and each book is carefully wrapped in colorful paper.
他的袋子裡有兩本書,而每一本都用色紙小心地包裝好。
4. Every student has his favorite subject.
每位學生都有他最愛的科目。
5. Every dog and cat has his likes and dislikes.
每隻狗和貓都有牠們的好惡。

(b) every + 抽象名詞 (一切的~)
1. I have every reason to believe it.
我有充分的理由相信這件事。
2. She showed me every kindness.
她盡其所能地對我非常親切。

(c) every + 基數 + 複數名詞 (每隔~)
    every + 序數 + 單數名詞 

1. The Olympics are held every four years.
   The Olympics are held every fourth year. 
    奧運每奧運每四年舉辦一次。
2. I come here every other week.
   I come here every two weeks.
我每隔一週來一次。

(6) either/neither 

(a) either - 兩者中任何一個都 ~ 
    neither - 兩者中任何一個都不 ~
皆用單數形

1. Either of the two answers will do.
這兩個答案都可以。

注意
Any of the three answers will do.
這三個答案都可以。

2. I can write with either hand.
我兩隻手都能寫字。
3. I don't like either of the men.
這兩個人我都不喜歡。
4. We passed two gas stations, but neither of them was open. 
我們經過兩家加油站，但兩家都沒開。
5. Neither of the titles is suitable for the essay.
這兩個標題沒有一個適合這篇短文。
 
(b) either / neither (也不)
1. Bill didn't come to the party, and Jack didn't, either.
   Bill didn't come to the party, and neither did Jack.
Bill沒來參加宴會，而Jack也沒有。
注意
Bill come the the pary, and Jack did, too.
Bill come the the pary, and so did Jack.

2. If you do not go, neither will I.
如果你不去,我也不去。

(7) no / none

(a) no + 單數名詞
    no + 複數名詞
1. He has no money.
他沒有錢。 
2. She has no children.
她沒有小孩。
3. The policeman arrived in no time.
警察馬上就趕到了。

注意重點
not表示 「不 ~」; no表示 「絕非~」 
1. He is not a musician.
他不是音樂家。
2. I am no thief.
我絕不是小偷。

(b) none (無一) + 單數動詞
    none (無一) + 複數動詞
 
1. None of us agree with you.
誰也不同意你。
2. None of us were (→ was) against the proposal.
沒有人反對這提案。
3. None of the information is useful.
這些資訊都沒用。
4. It's none of your business.
這不關你的事。

(8) somebody ~ / something ~

(a) somebody ~ +形容詞

1. Will somebody else be present?
還有其他人會出席嗎?

(b) 所有格 → ~ body's 
1. Everybody's business is nobody's business.
眾人之事就是無人之事。

(c) 特殊表現
1. He thinks he is somebody.
他自以為是個了不起的人物。
2. If you want to be anybody, you must work hard.
如果想成為大人物,你必須努力工作。

(d) 慣用表現
1. He is a lawyer or something.
他是個律師之類的。
2. He would not go with me for anything.
他怎麼也不也跟我一起去。
3. Peter isn't called a playboy for nothing.
   He had one girlfriend after another.
Peter被稱為花花公子是有道理的,他女朋友一個一個的交。
4. He did nothing but laugh.
他一味地笑。
5. I had nothing to do with the accident.
我和那件意外無關。
6. He is nothing but a foo1.
他只是傻瓜罷了。


謝孟媛中級文法高中英文
第六冊

(拾玖) 時態

動詞隨著所表現出的時間而改變形態,稱為時態。包含現在式、過去、未來式及進行式、完成式、完成進行式等。

時態              例句
現在式            She writes a letter.
過去式            She wrote a letter.
未來式            She will write a letter.
現在進行式        She is writing a letter.
過去進行式        She was writing a letter.
未來進行式        She will be writing a letter.
現在完成式        She has written a letter.
過去完成式        She had written a letter.
未來完成式        She will have written a letter.
現在完成進行式    She has been written a letter.
過去完成進行式    She had been written a letter.
未來完成進行式    She will have been written a letter.

一、現在式

(1) 現在式採用動詞之原形。除了be動詞及助動詞之外,第三人稱單數主詞,會在原形字尾加-(e)s。而have的單數為has。

(a) 原形動詞加s。
s在無聲子音之後發[s];在有聲子音或母音之後發[z]。
1. stop/stops[s](停止)
2. run/runs[z](跑步)

(b) 原形動詞加es。///
動詞字尾發音為[s]、[z]、[o]、[ ]、[ ]、[ ]等,在字尾加es。其發音為[Iz]。
若字尾為子音+y時,則去y改成i,加es,其發音為[z]。
1. pass → passes[Iz](通過)
2. catch → catches[Iz](抓住)
3. cry → cries[z](喊叫)

(2) 使用時機

(a) 表示現在的狀態或動作。
1. Everything is in order.
每樣東西都井然有序。
2. Joe owns a house by the sea.
Joe在海邊擁有一間房子。

(b) 表示習慣性的動作。
1. I always drink coffee for breakfast.
我早餐總是喝咖啡。
2. My family go to church on Saydays.
我的家人星期天上教堂。

(c) 表示不變的真理及事實。
1. The earth goes around the sun.
地球繞著太陽轉。
2. Water consists of hydrogen and oxygen.
水由氫和氧構成。
3. Three times four is twelve.
3乘4等於12。

(d) 表示眼前的動作或狀態。
1. Here comes a bus.
公車來了。
2. I see some sparrows on the roof.
我看見一些麻雀在屋頂上。

(e) 表示確定的未來、計畫。
1. Tomorrow is Mother's Day.
明天是母親節。
2. Our flight leaves at 11:45.
我們的班機在11點45分起飛。

(f) 主要子句為未來式時,表時間、條件的副詞子句用現在式。
1. The birds will fly south when winter comes.
當冬天來臨這些鳥會飛向南方。
2. What will consumers do if prices rise?
如果價格上揚消費者會如何?

二、過去式

除了be動詞(was/were)之外,不論人稱或單複數,概以過去式表示。

(1) 規則變化

(a) 原形字尾加ed。
ed在無聲子音發[t]或[d],則發[Id]。
1. help → helped[t] (幫忙)
2. open → opened[d] (打開)
3. start → started[Id]

(b) 原形字尾有e,則加d。
1. like → liked[t] (喜歡)
2. move → moved[d] (移動)

(c) 原形字尾為子音+y,則去y改成i,加ed。
1. study → studied [d] (研讀)
2. apply → applied [d] (適用)

(d) 原形字尾為短母音加子音,則重複字尾加ed。
1. stop → stopped [t] (停止)
2. rob → robbed [d] (搶奪)

注意
若2個母音字母的動詞,2個字音字母的動詞,或子音有2個的動詞,加ed即可。
1. look → looked [t] (看)
2. jump → jumped [t] (跳)
3. mix → mixed [t] (混合)

(e) 原形字尾為c之動詞,加k後再加ed。
1. picnic → picnicked[t](野餐)
2. panic → panicked[t](恐慌)

(2) 不規則變化

1. bring → brought(帶來)
2. sell → sold(賣)
3. find → found(發現)
4. swim → swam(游泳)
5. spend → spent(花費)
6. put → put(放置)

(3) 使用時機

(a) 表示過去的動作或狀態。
1. There was a traffic jam on the expressway.
在快速道路上塞車。
2. Suntanned men and women strolled along the beach.
被太陽晒黑的男男女女沿著海灘散步。

(b) 表示過去的習慣
1. I usually rode my bicycle to school when I was a school boy.
當我是個學童時,通常騎腳踏車上學。
2. We used to swim in the river.
我們過去經常在這條河裡游泳。

(c) 表示經驗。
多伴隨著ever,never等。
1. I never hard from him before.
我以前一直沒有他的消息。
2. Did you ever see a panda?
你曾見過貓熊嗎?


三、未來式

(1) will表示未來
1. Will it rain tomorrow?
明天會下雨嗎?
2. My brother will be twenty next year.
我哥哥明年20歲。
3. I will give you my answer tomorrow.
我明天會給你答覆。

(2) be going to表示未來
1. I'm going to learn how to drive a car.
我要去學開車。
2. Are you going to sell that car?
你打算賣掉那輛車嗎?
3. My dog is very ill, I'm afraid he is going to die.
我的狗病得很重。我擔心牠快死了。

注意
will 純粹表示未來; be going to 表示未來要做的動作,經過事先的計畫或安排。
1. The telephone is ringing. -- OK, I'll answer it.
電話響了。---好,我來接。
2. What are your plans for tonight?
--- I'm going to meet a friend for dinner.
你今晚有何計畫? --- 我約了朋友吃晚餐。

(3) 其他表現
1. be about to - 表時間很近、即將發生的未來。
 Please take your seats; the perforance is about to begin.
 請就座;表演即將開始。
2. be V-ing --- 現在進行式也可代替未來式。
 My father is taking us to the movies on Saturday.
 我父親將在星期六帶我們去看電影。
3. on the point of Ving
 He was on the point of going out.
 他那時即將要出去。
4. be + to不定詞
 The President is to make a speech on TV tonight.
 總統今晚將在電視上演說。

四、 現在進行式

用<am/are/is + 現在分詞>的句型表示。

(1) 現在分詞的形成
(a) 原形字尾加ing。
1. play → playing (玩)
2. eat → eating (吃)
3. work → working (工作)

(b) 原形字尾有e(不發音)去e加ing。
1. come → coming (來)
2. write → writing (寫)
3. have → having (吃喝)

注意
die → dying (死)
lie → lying (存在)
dye → dyeing (染色)

(c) 原形字尾為短母音加子音,則重複字尾加ing。
1. get → getting (得到)
2. spur → spurring (疾駛)
3. bar → barring (禁止)

(d) 最後重音節為短母音加子音時,則重複字尾加ing。
1. admit → admitting (承認)
2. begin → beginning (開始)
3. occur → occurring (發生)

(e) 原形字尾為c,則加k再加ing。
1. picnic → picnicking (野餐)
2. panic → panicking (驚慌)

(2) 使用時機
(a) 現在正在進行的動作或狀態
1. Where is Jack? - He is playing tennis with Bob now.
Jack在哪裡? - 他正在和Bob打網球。
2. Why are you driving so fast?  You usually drive very carefully.
你為什麼開得那麼快?你一向都很小心開車的。
3. John, you are being naughty.
John,你又在搗蛋了。

(b) 表示現在所發生的反覆動作。
多伴隨著always, all the time, constantly, repeatedly等。
1. Tom is always interrupting me when I'm talking.
當我說話時,老是被Tom打斷。
2. You're constantly making poor excuses.
你老是做些笨拙的辯解。

(c) 表示未來。
1. He is dying.
他快死了。
2. They are opening a new boutique at the street corner.
他們即將在街角開一家新的精品店。

重點
表示心理、思考、感情、感官、構成等動詞,不可用於進行式中。
1. What are you seeing? (錯)
  What are you looking at? (正確)
你正在看什麼?
2. I am having a new watch now. (錯)
  I have a new watch now. (正確)
我現在有了一只新手錶。

五、過去進行式

用<was/were + 現在分詞>表示。

(1) 表示過去某一時間點正在進行的動作。
1. I was washing dishes when my wife came home.
我太太回來時我正在洗碗。
2. They were suffering from influenza.
當時他們正患著流行性感冒。

(2) 表示過去習慣性的行為。
1. At a teenager, he was always causing trouble for others.
他年輕時總是替別人找麻煩。
2. In those days, we were getting up at seven o'clock.
在那些日子,我們總是在七點起床。

(3) 以過去某一時間點為準,可確定的未來或計劃。
1. I thought you were coming home at six.
我以為你會在六點回到家。
2. He was coming to see me yesterday, but he didn't.
他昨天原本打算來看我,結果沒來。

(4) 表示過去反覆的動作。常伴隨continually, constantly...等。
1. She was constantly seeking the topic for a novel.
她過去經常在尋找寫小說的題材。

六、未來進行式

用<will be + 現在分詞>的句型來表示。

(1) 表示未來某一時間點正在進行的動作。
1. I'll be driving at this time tomorrow.
明天這個時候我正在開車。
2. I'll be waiting for you at 3 o'clock.
明天下午3點我會等你。

(2) 表示最近的將來預定要做的動作。但現在較少使用。
I'll be visitin London the day after tomorrow.
後天我將造訪倫敦。

七、現在完成式

用<have/has + 過去分詞>的句型來表示。

(1) 動詞三態
 a. ABC型(原形、過去式、過去分詞皆不同)
  1. drink - drank - drunk (喝)
  2. beark - broke - broken (打破)
  3. rise - rose - risen (昇起)

 b. ABB型(過去式及過去分詞相同)
  4. buy - bought - bought (買)
  5. sleep - slept - slept (睡)
  6. feed - fed - fed (餵)

 C. ABA型(原形及過去分詞相同)
  7. come - came - come (來)
  8. become - became -become (變成)
  9. run - ran run (跑)

 d. AAA型(三態皆同)
  10. cost - cost - cost (值)
  11. hit - hit - hit (打)
  12. set - set - set (設置)

注意
特別注意的動詞三態變化
1. fall - fell - fallen (掉落)
   fell - felled - felled (弄倒)
   feel - felt - felt (感覺)
2. find - found - founr (發現)
   fine - fined - fined (罰則)
   found - founded - founded (成立)
3. lie - lied - lied (說謊)
   lie - lay - lay (躺)
   lay - laid - laid (放置;下蛋)
4. see - saw - seen (看)
   saw - sawed - sawed/sawn (鋸)
   sew - sewed - sewed/sewn (縫)
5. fly - flew - flown (飛)
   flee - fled - fled (逃)
   flow - flowed - flowed (流)
6. hang - hung - hung (懸掛)
   hang - hanged - hanged (吊死)
7. shine - shone - shone (閃亮)
   shine - shined - shined (擦鞋)
8. bind - bound - bound (綁)
   bound - bounded - bounded (限制)
9. wind - wound - wound (纏繞)
   wound - wounded - wounded (受傷)

(2) 使用時機

(a) 表示從過去持續到現在的動作。
1. I have known Paul since we were childredn.
打從孩子時我就認定Paul。
2. I haven't seen you for a long time.
好久不見。
 → It has been a long time since I last saw you.

(b) 表示動作或事件的完成。
1. I've just finished lunch.
我剛吃完午餐。
2. Has it struck seven yet?
已經7點了嗎?

(c) 表示經驗。
1. I have visited New York twice.
我去過紐約兩次。
2. Have you ever taken the MRT?
你搭過捷運了嗎?

重點
have/has been to + 地點 → 曾經去過...
have/has gone to + 地點 → 已經去了...

1. I have been to the airport to see my uncl off.
我剛去了機場為我叔叔送行。
2. My father has gone to Hong Kong on business.
我父親因公到香港去。

重點
表示經驗可用過去式及現在完成式。
1. Did you ever see such a beautiful sunset?
你曾看過如此美麗的日落嗎?
 → Have you ever seen such a beautiful sunset?

重點 現在完成式及過去式的不同
1. My brother went to Kenting yesterday. 我哥哥昨天去墾丁。
   My brother has gone to Kenting.我哥哥去了墾丁。
2. I have lost my pen, so I have to buy one.我弄丟了筆,所以必須去買一枝。
   I lost my pen, but I found it later.我丟了筆,但後來我找到了。

(d) 用於表示未來的副詞子句中。
1. Wait till I've finished my coffee.
 請等我喝完咖啡。
2. As soon as I have saved 200,000 dollars, I'll buy a new car.
 只要我存到20萬,我會買一輛新車。

八、過去完成式

用<had + 過去分詞>的句型來表示。

(1) 表示到過去某一時間點為止動作或狀態的持續及完成。
1. The game had already begun when we arrived at the statium.
當我們到達體育館時,比賽已經開始了。
2. They had known each other for ten years when they finally got married.
到他們結婚時,他們已認識了十年。

(2) 表示過去一段時間中的經驗。
1. I had never spoken to a foreigner before I got into university.
在我進大學前,我從未和外國人說過話 
2. She told me the story of the opera because she had seen it before.
她告訴我這歌劇的情節因為她以前曾看過。

(3) 表示比過去某時間點更早之前的動作。
1. I lost the watch which my uncle had bought for me.
 我弄丟了我叔叔之前買給我的手錶。
2. I didn't know that the band had broken up.
 我不知道哪樂團已經解散了。

注意
若純粹敘述兩件過去的事,可用過去式。
1. My uncle bought a watch for me and I lost it.
2. The band broke up but I didn't know that 

九、未來完成式

用<will + have + 過去分詞>的句型來表示。

(1) 到未來某時間點前,可預測之結果。
1. The concer will have finished by the time we get there.
在我們到達那裡之前,音樂會就結束了吧。
2. The lake will have frozen by tomorrow morning.
明天早上前,湖應該會結凍了吧。

(2) 表示在未來某時間點前可預測的經驗或持續狀態。
1. I will have failed the friving test three thime if I fail tomorrow.
如果我明天再失敗的話,我的路考已經失敗三次。
2. You will have studied English for six years by the time you finish high school.
在你唸完高中時,就已經學了六年的英語了。

注意
在口語中,多半不用未來完成式而用未來式。

十、完成進行式

(1) 現在完成進行式 <have/has + been + 現在分詞>
    表示從過去某一時間點到現在為止,仍舊繼續進行中的動作,或強調重複的行為。
1. I have been doing this puzzle for 20 minutes.
我拼這拼圖20分鐘了。
2. How long have you been waiting here?
你還要在這裡等多久?

注意
1. I have just read through Tolstoy's "War and Peace".
我剛把托爾斯泰的「戰爭與和平」讀完。
2. I have been reading Tolstoy's "War and Peace".
我一直在讀托爾斯泰的「戰爭與和平」。

(2) 過去完成進行式<had + been + 現在分詞>
    表示一直到過去某一時間點為止,仍舊在繼續進行的動作 

1. They had been searching for six months when they found the treasure.
當他們發現寶藏的時候,他們已經尋找了六個月。
2. We had been going to Paris for advanced study, but we never went.
我們原本打算到巴黎去進修,結果我們沒去。

(3) 未來完成進行式

<Will + have + been + 現在分詞>
表示到未來某一時間點為止,仍舊在繼續進行的動作。

1. You will have been studying English for five years by next March.
到下一個三月為止,你就學英文5年了。
2. She will have been teaching Japanese for ten years by nest April.
直到明年四月為止,她教日文就滿十年了。


(貳拾) 時態的一致及敘述法

一、 時態的一致

例句
1. My sister knows that I love the girl.
2. My sister knows that I loved the girl.
3. My sister knows that I will fall in love with the girl.

主要子句的動詞是現在式時,從屬子句的動詞,隨句意可以是任何時態。

例句
4. My sister knew that I loved the girl.
5. My sister knew that I had loved the girl.
6. My sister knew that I would fall in love with the girl.

主要子句的動詞是過去式時
(包含過去完成式、過去進行式或過去時間上所提的未來),從屬子句的動詞必須是過去式、過去完成或等過去時態的一種。
上述的規則,稱為時態的一致。

例句
主要子句     連接詞     從屬子句
She says             she is free now.
She has said (that)  she was free yesterday.
She will say         she will be free tomorrow.
		     she had been busy before.

主要子句  連接詞   從屬子句					                          he did it.  	
                  he was doing it.
                  he had done it.
He said   (that)  he had been doing it..
                  he would do it.
                  he would have done it.
                  he would have been doing it.

主要子句    連接詞   從屬子句	
He had said (that)  he hadn’t done it.
                    he had been here for two hours.

(1) 時態一致的例外

(a) 不變的真理 → 現在式
1. The child learned that the earth goes round the sun.
那孩子知道了地球繞著太陽轉這回事。
2. The teacher told us that practice makes perfect.
老師告訴我們熟能生巧。

(b) 到現在都沒改變的習慣或事實 → 現在式
1. She often told me that she keeps early hours.
她經常告訴我她有早睡早起的習慣。
2. She told me that school begins at eight.
她告訴我學校8點上課。

(c) 歷史的事實 → 過去式
1. The teacher said that Columbus discovered America in 1492.
老師師哥倫布在1492年發現美洲新大陸。
2. He said that World War II ended in 1945.
他說二次大戰在1945年結束。

(d) 假設語氣 → 不受時態一致的限制
1. He says that if he were a bird he could fly.
   He said that if he were a bird he could fly.
  他說如果他是一隻鳥,他就能飛。
2. He speaks English as if he were a native speaker.
   He spoke English as if he were a native speaker.
  他說英語彷彿像在說母語一般。

二、敘述法

敘述法分為兩種。
一種是直接將他人或自己所說的話,原句加以重述的方法,稱為 - 直接敘述法。
另一種是將他人所說的話,加以轉述,稱為 - 間接敘述法。

1. Bill says, "I hate math." - 直接敘述法
  Bill說:我討厭數學。
2. Bill says (that) he hates math. - 間接敘述法
  Bill說他討厭數學。

(1) 直接敘述法及間接敘述法的不同

(a) 時態的變化
1. May said, "I like listening to pop music."  May說:我喜歡聽流行音樂。
   May said that she liked listening to pop music. May說她喜歡聽流行音樂。
2. The student answered, "An hour consists of sixty minutes." 學生回答:一小時有六十分鐘。
   The student answered (that) an hour consists of sixty minutes. 學生回答說一小時有六十分鐘。
3. Helen answered, "The rain has stopped." Helen回答:雨已停了 
   Helen answered (that) the rain had stopped. Helen回答說雨已停了。

(b) 人稱代名詞的變化
1. She always says, "I don't like my hairstyle."她總是說:我不喜歡我的髮型。
   She always says (that) she doesn't like her hairstyle. 她總是說她不喜歡自己的髮型。
2. I said to her, "I'm sorry you don't understand me." 我對她說:很遺憾你不了解我。
   I told her that I was sorry she didn't understand me. 我告訴她我很遺憾她不了解我。
3. She said, "I read this book." 她說:我讀過這本書。
   She said that she had read that book. 她說她已讀過那本書。

(c) 時間、地點等的變化
直接敘述法           間接敘述法
Now (現在)           then (那時)
today (今天)	     that day (那天)
yesterday (昨天)     the day before, 
                     the previous day (前一天)
last night (昨晚)    the night before,
                     the previous night (前晚)
last year (去年)     the year before,
                     the previous year (前一年)
tomorrow (明天)	     the next day,
                     the following day (翌日)
next week (下星期)   the next week,
                     the following week (下一週)
ago (從現在算起…前) before (從那時算起…前)
here (這裡)          there (那裡)

注意 直接敘述句 → 間接敘述句
1. 主要子句的動詞有時須改變。
2. 補充連接詞。
3. 代名詞須改變。
4. 間接敘述句的動詞,須注意時態。
5. 副詞隨內容做改變。

Mr. Wang said to me, "You will be able to get a free concert ticket at the charity bazaar tomorrow."

Mr. Wang told me (that) I would be able to get a free concert ticket at the charity bazaar the following day.

(2) 直述句的間接敘述句

1. She said, "I'm going to quit my job." 她說:我打算辭掉工作。
   → She said (that) she was going to quit her job. 她說她打算辭掉工作。
2. She said to me, "I can go to the movies with you tomorrow." 她跟我說:我明天可以和你一起去看電影。
   → She told me (that) she could go to the movies with me the next day. 她告訴我她隔天可以和我一起去看電影。

注意
1. 主詞 + say[said], "直敘句" --- 直接敘述句
   → 主詞 + say[said](that) 直敘句 --- 間接敘述句
2. 主詞 +say[said] to人,"直敘句" --- 直接敘述句
   → 主詞 + tell[told]人(that)直述句 --- 間接敘述句

(3) 疑問句的間接敘述句

1. Tom said to her, "How can I get to your house from here?"  Tom對她說:我如何從這裡到你家?
   → Tom asked her how he could get to her house from there. Tom問她他該如何從那裡到她家。
2. My boss said, "Who called me up this morning?" 我老闆說:今天早上誰打電話給我?
   → My boss asked who had called him up that morning. 我老闆問說那天早上誰打電話給他。

注意
主詞 + say(to A), "WH問句?" --- 直接敘述句
 → 主詞 + ask(A) + 疑問詞 + 主詞 + 動詞 --- 間接敘述句

3. I said to him, "Are you going abroad?"
我對他說:你要出國嗎?
 → I asked him if (→ whether) he was going abroad.
我問他是否要出國。
4. He said to me, "Have you ever seen a panda?"
他對我說:你曾看過熊貓嗎?
 → He asked me if (→ wether) I had seen a panda?
他問我是否看過熊貓。
5. She said to the clerk, "Is this sweater knit by hand or by machine?"
她對店員說:這件毛衣是手工織的還是機器織的?
 → She asked the clerk whether that sweater was knit by hand or by machine.
她問店員那件毛衣是手工織的還是機器織的。

注意
主詞 + say (to A), "Yes/No問句?" --- 直接敘述句
→ 主詞 ask (A) if (→ whether) + 主詞 + 動詞 --- 間接敘述句

(4) 祈使句的間接敘述句

a. 命令 → tell, order, command 等
b. 要求 → ask, beg, request 等
c. 勸告 → advise 等
d. 提議 → suggest, propose 等
e. 禁止 → forbid, prohibit 等

1. Mother said to me, "Come back home by five."
母親對我說:五點以前回家。
 → Mother told me to come back home by five.
母親告訴我在五點前回家。
2. My father said to me, "Don't give up your hope."
我父親對我說:別放棄希望。
 → My father told me not to give up my hope.
我父親告訴我別放棄希望。

注意
主詞 say to A, "命令句" --- 直接敘述句
→ 主詞 tell A to V... --- 間接敘述句

主詞 say to A, "Don't (→ Never) V..."  --- 直接敘述句
→ 主詞 tell A not (→ never) to V...  --- 間接敘述句

3. His secretary said to me, "Please call back after lunch."
 → His secretary asked me to call back after lunch.

重點
使用 order、command、request、suggest 等時, 其後常接 that 子句。而 that 子句中的should, 在美語中,通常被省略。

4. He said to me, "You should give up smoking."
他對我說:你該戒煙了。
He advised me to give up smoking.
他勸我要戒煙。
5. She said, "Let's go for a week."
她說:咱們去散步吧。
 → She suggested that we (should) go for a walk.
她提議我們去散散步。

重點
表示禁止的否定祈使句,用forbid、prohibit等。

1. The teacher said to us, "Don't leave your seats."
老師對我們說:不准離開座位。
 → The teacher forbad us to leave our seats.      The teacher forbad our leaving seats.
 老師禁止我們離開座位。
 → The teacher prohibited us from leaving our seats.

(5) 感嘆句的間接敘述句

a. 感嘆句中可加very、really等副詞。
b. 動詞可改為cry(大叫)、exclaim(大叫)、shout(吼叫)、sigh(歎息)等。
c. 伴隨動詞的副詞: gladly(高興地)、regretfully(遺憾地)、bitterly(苦地)、with joy(歡喜地)、with delight(興奮地)、with relief(鬆口氣地)等。

1.Ms. Lee said, "What a good idea you have!"
李小姐說:你的點子好棒啊!
 → Ms. Lee said (that) I had a very good ides.
    李小姐說我的點子很棒。
2. She said, "How canvenient on-line shopping is!"
她說:線上購物真是方便啊!
 → She exclaimed with delight how convenient on-line shopping was.
她興奮地說線上購物真方便。
 → She said (that) on-line shopping was very convenient.

重點
表祈願時,和感歎句雷同,都是在加強情緒的表達,常用pray(祈禱)、express(表達)等動詞。

1. He said, "May God help us!" 他說:希望神保佑我們。
 → He prayed that God might help them.
    He expressed his wish that God might help them.
他祈求神能保佑他們。

(6) 合句的間接敘述句

and、but、or等連接詞所連接的兩對等子句,也就是合句的情形時,其間接敘述時,都要在各個子句前加連接詞that。但第一個that 可省略,第二個that 則不可省略。

1. He said, "She is out, but she will be back soon."
他說:她出去了,但很快會回來。
 → He said (that) she was out but that she would be back soon.
他說她出去了但很快會回來。
2. The girl said to me, "These dancers arrived here yesterday, and they will perform on stage this evening."
這女孩對我說:這些舞者昨天已抵達這裡並且今晚會上台表演。
 → The girl told me (that) those dancers had arrived there they day before and that they would perform on stage that evening.
那女孩告訴我說那些舞者前一天已到達那裡並且那晚會上台表演。

重點
對等連接詞為for或as時,保留原連接詞,不可用that。

Mon said, "Dad doesn't know it, as he has not heard of it."
母親說:父親不知道這件事,因為他沒聽說過。
 → Mon said (that) Dad didn't know it, as he had not heard of it.
母親說父親不知道那件事,因為他從未聽說過。

重點
祈使句,and(或or)...的間接敘述,句仍保留and(或or),不用that。另外,也可用if或unlesss改寫。

1. He said to me, "Get up at once, or you will be late."
他對我說:立刻起床,否則你會遲到。
 → He told me to get up at once, or I would be late.
他告訴我要立刻起床,否則會遲到。
 → He told me (that) I would be late unless I got up at once.
他告訴我除非我立刻起床,否則會遲到。
2. She said to me, "Wash my car, and I'll give you ten dollars."
她對我說:幫我洗車,我會給你十元。
 → She told me to wash her car, and she would give me ten dollars.
她告訴我要幫她洗車,那麼她會給我十元。
 → She told me (that) if I washed her car, she would give me ten dollars.

(7) 複句的間接敘述句

只須遵從最基本的間接敘述句規則即可。

1. She said to me, "I gave him a big box of chocolates because I like him."
她對我說:我給他一大盒巧克力,因為我喜歡他。
 → She told me (that) she had given him a big box of chocolates because she liked him.
她告訴我她給了他一大盒巧克力因為她喜歡他。
2. Joe said to, "Do you think that she will help me?"
Joe對我說:你認為她會幫我嗎?
 → Joe asked me if I thought (that) she would help him.
   Joe問我是否我認為她會幫他。

(8) 有兩個句子時的間接敘述句

1. He said to Grace, "You are late here again.  What have you done been doing?" 他對Grace說:妳又遲到了,妳到底在做什麼?
 → He told Grace (that) she was late there again and asked her what she had been doing. 他告訴Grace她又遲到了並且問她到底在做什麼。
2. He said to me, "Your face looks familiar. Have you ever been on television? 他對我說:你的臉好面熟。你曾上過電視嗎?
 → He told me (that) my face looked familiar and (he) asked (me) if I had ever been on television. 他告訴我我的臉好面熟並且問我是否曾上過電視。
3. "He sent to the barber's an hour ago," said his wife to me, "and I think he will be back very soon.  Will you please step in and wait?" 他太太對我說:他一小時前去理髮了,我想他很快會回來。請你進屋裡等他好嗎?
 → His wife told me (that) he had gone to the barber's an hour before and she thought he would be back very soon, and asked me to step in and wait. 他太太告訴我他一小時前去理髮了,而她認為他很快會回來,並請我進屋等他。


(貳拾壹) 連接詞

* 依型態分為:
(1) 簡單連接詞: and, or, but, if, when 等。
(2) 相關連接詞: both~and ..., either~or..., not only~but also...等。
(3) 片語連接詞: as soon as, as well as, even if...等。
(4) 由其他詞類轉換而成: immediately(=as soon as), supposing(=if)等。

* 依功能分為:
(1) 對等連接詞: 將字與字、片語與片語、子句與子句等,以對等的關係連接在一起的連接詞。 如:and、but、or等。
(2) 從屬連接詞: 從屬連接詞,是用來引導名詞子句或副詞子句的連接詞。 如:if、when、because等。

一、對等連接詞

(1) and (和; 並且; 那麼)

1. Soliders moved quickly and quietly.
士兵快速且安靜的移動。
2. The book is of use and of interest.
這本書又實用又有趣。
3. Everybody sat down and the meeting began.
大家坐下來,而會議就開始了。
4. Hurry up, and you'll be in time for the train.
快一點,那麼你就會即時趕上火車。
5. There are magazines and magazines in that bookstore.
那家書店裡有各式各樣的雜誌。
6. Go and buy some eggs.
去買些雞蛋。

注意
在動詞come、go、see、try、write之後的and,可代替to不定詞中的to, 即上句可寫成: Go to buy some eggs.

7. Bread and butter is my favorite at breakfast.
塗奶油的麵包是我早餐中的最愛。

重點 相關連接詞 both ~ and...

1. He can speak both English and French.
他既會說英文也會說法文。
2. Both he and I are senior high school students.
他和我都是高中生。

(2) but (但是)

1. He was poor but happy.
他貧窮但快樂。
2. Do it in haste but with caution.
做這件事要快,但要謹慎。
3. Excuse me, but could you tell me the way to the station?
對不起,請問到車站的路怎麼走?

重點  相關連接詞 not ~ but... 及 not only ~ but also...
1. He owns not one but two computers.
他擁有的不是一台,台而是兩台電腦。
2. She is not only wise but (also) kindhearted.
 → She is both wise and kindhearted.
 → She is wise as well as kindhearted.
 → She is wise and kindhearted alike.
她既聰明又善良。

注意  下列句子中動詞的單複數。

1. Both you and I are in the wrong.
你我兩人都錯。
2. Not only you but also I am in the wrong.
不僅你,連我也錯。
3. You as well as I are in the wrong.
不只我連你也錯了。

(3) or (或者;否則)

1. Do you want to go on foot or by bus?
你想要走路去或搭公車去?
2. This is a picture of an igloo or Eskimo snow house.
這張照片是伊格魯,也就是愛斯基摩人的雪屋。
3. You had better take a taxi or you'll miss your appointment.
你最好搭計程車,否則你會錯過約會。

重點  相關連接詞either~or...。

1. Either you leave the house or I'll call the police.
你離開這房子,不然我就報警。
2. Either you or Jane is in the right.
不是你就是Jane對。

(4) neither / nor (也不)

1. I have not visited the North Pole, nor do I plan to.
我沒去過北極,我也不打算去。
2. Tom is not good at math. --- Neither (→ Nor) am I.
Tom數學不好。 --- 我也不好。

注意

neither(或nor)為否定字,不可和not連用。
而neither(或nor)之後須用倒裝句。

重點  相關連接詞 neither~nor...

1. The boy neither admits nor denies that he stole the bike.
這男孩既不承認也不否認他偷了腳踏車。
2. Neither my brother nor I have been invited.
我哥哥和我都沒有被邀請。

注意
neither~nor..., either~or..., not only~but also~
連接兩主詞時,動詞以靠近的主詞為準。

(5) so (所以)

1. The bus broke down, so I was late for school.
公車故障,所以我遲到了。
2. I practiced my speech hard, so I won a prize in the contest.
我努力練習,所以能在演講比賽中得獎。

注意
so(所以)只能連接兩子句。

(6) for (因為)

I'm sleepy today, for I couldn't sleep well last night.
我今天很想睡覺,因為昨晚沒睡好。
→ I'm sleepy today because I couldn't sleep well last night.

注意
for(因為)只能連接兩子句,為較文章式的用法,口語中多用because,但兩者用法有差別。

重點
有些字原為副詞,但因和對等連接詞一樣,可連接兩片語或子句,故稱為連接副詞。

(意義)表「選擇」- (連接副詞) else（否則）、otherwise（否則）

(意義)表「相反」表「說明」
  - (連接副詞) however （然而）、nevertheless（儘管如此）、still（但是）、yet（然而）、on the contrary（相反地）、on the other hand（反之）、namely （即）、for instance、for example（舉例）、 e.g.（= for example），
i.e.（= that is / that is to say換句話說）

(意義)表「結果」- (連接副詞) therefore （所以）、 accordingly （因此）、hence、thus （因此）、as a result、consequently、in consequence （結果）

(意義)表「相連」- (連接副詞) also、besides、moreover、furthermore、in addition （此外）

(意義)表「時間」- (連接副詞) then （然後）、meanwhile、at the same time （同時）

(意義) 表「結論」 - (連接副詞) in brief (簡而言之)、in conclusion (結論)

(意義)表「加強語氣」- (連接副詞) indeed（的確）、 anyhow（無論如何）、 in fact（事實上）

* 而有時為了補充連接詞的不足，也會和連接詞一起出現。 and also （而且）、 and therefore（因此）、 and so （所以）、 but still（但）、 and then（然後）、 or else （否則）、 and yet（然而）

1. I'm taking an umbrella with me; otherwise, I am going to get wet.
我要帶把雨傘,否則我會淋濕。
2. It may rain; nevertheless, we will start on our trip.
可能會下雨;儘管如此,我們仍要去旅行。
3. It rained that; consequently the baseball game was called off.
那天下雨,因此棒球賽便取消了。
4. She will come in half an hour; meanwhile, we will have coffee.
她再過三十分鐘會來,在此同時我們來喝咖啡。
5. His headache grew worse, but still he didn't complain.
他的頭痛加劇,但他卻沒有抱怨。
6. <連接詞>
 Gary is a nice person, but he has no friends.

   <連接副詞>
 Gary is a nice person; however he has no friends.
 Gary is a nice person; he has, however no friends.
 Gary is a nice person; he has no friends, however.
 Gary 是好人,但他卻沒什麼朋友。

二、 從屬連接詞

(1) 引導名詞子句

(a) that
   that所引導的為名詞子句,和一般的名詞功能一樣,可當主詞、補語、受詞。
 (i) 當主詞
  [ That he will succeed ] is certain.
         s.       v.
             S.         V.
 他會成功是一定的。
然而,that子句放句首時,整個句子的主詞太長,會有頭重腳輕的感覺。
因此,一般多會以虛主詞it代替,而將that子句接在後面。

1. That Bill passed the entrance exam is true.
→ It is true that Bill passed the entrance exam.
Bill通過入學考試是真的。
2. That the world's climate is getting hotter is beyond any doubt.
→ It is beyond any doubt that the world's climate is getting hotter.
全球氣候漸漸溫暖化是明確的。

 (ii) 當補語
  that 子句放在be動詞後當補語。
The trouble is [ that I cannot speak French.]
                      s.         v.
     S.      V.             C.
麻煩的是我不會說法文。
在口語中會省略that。省略時,在原處加逗點。
1. The fact is that he couldn't care about me in the least.
→ The fact is, he couldn't care about me in the least
事實上,他根本不關心我。
2. The problem is that I have no money with me.
→ The problem is, I have no money with me.
問題是,我身上沒帶錢。

 (iii) 當受詞
* 當動詞的受詞 - that引導的名詞子句,若接在 say, explain, hope, with, know等動詞後,常省略that。
1. I believe (that) he will do his best.
我相信他會盡力而為。
2. The radio said (that) today is the hottest day this summer.
收音機裡報導說今天是今夏以來最熱的一天。
3. He said (that) he would surely come, but that he might be ten or twenty minutes late.
他說他一定會來,但可能會遲到一、二十分鐘。

注意
動詞之後有兩個that子句當受詞時,第二個連接詞that不可省略。

重點(1) 不可接that子句作受詞的動詞:
 like(喜歡)、hate(討厭)、want(想要)、try(嘗試)、care(在意)、offer(提議)、refuse(拒絕)、attempt(嘗試)、decline(拒絕)
1. He offered that he would drive me to the station.(錯)
2. He offered to drive me to the station.(正確)
他提議載我去車站。

重點(2) 動詞之後不能直接接that子句的有:
tell(告訴)、inform(通知)、remind(提議)、assure(保證)、instruct(指示)、persuade(說服)、convince(使信服)
2. He reminded that I had promised to help him. (錯)
He reminded me that I had promised to help him. (正確)
他提醒我曾答應過要幫他的忙。

重點(3) 不可接that子句作受詞的動詞
主詞 + 建議suggest,advise/命令order/要求desire,request,require/堅持insist + that(不可省略) + S + (should) + 原形動詞

It be 動詞 + 形容詞 (necessary,essential,urgent) + that + S + (should) + 原形動詞...

1. My mother insisted that my sister (should) arrive home before midnight.
我母親堅持我姊姊應該在午夜前到家。
2. It is necessary that you (should) make up your mind.
你下定決心是必要的。

重點(4) that子句若在第5句型 ( S + V + O + C)中當受詞時,須用虛受詞it代替

* 主詞 + find/make/consider/think/believe + it + OC + that子句/to V/Ving
                           
1. We consider it important to learn to make use of a dictionary.
我們認為學習使用字典是重要的。
2. Many people find it strang that Americans move from place to place so often. 許多人發現美國人經常遷移真是不可思議。
3. I thought it rather odd that he hadn't come to the party which he had been looking forward to so much. 我認為他竟沒來參加他事先如此期待的派對真是奇怪。

重點(5) that 子句的同位格表現

1. I'll see (to it) that the doors are all fastened.我會留意把所有的門鎖上。
* see (to it)意指「注意;留神」。
2. You may depend on it that we shall never give up.你可相信我們絕不放棄。
* depend on (→ upon) it that  ~意指「相信~; 對~不疑」
3. He insisted on (→ upon) it that he was innocent. 他堅持他是無辜的。
* insist (on it) 意指「堅持」
4. I took it for granted that they would marry. 我以為他們會結婚。
* take ~ for granted ... 意指「視~為理所當然」。

* 當介系詞的受詞(僅限於but、except、in等。)

1. I don't deny but that they still insist on their opinions.
 我不否認他們仍堅持他們的意見。
2. I remember nothing about her except that she wore glasses.
除了她戴眼鏡之外,我不記得她任何事。
3. I'm lucky in that I have three brothers.
 我很幸運有三個兄弟。

* 當形容詞的受詞 (僅限於一部分形容詞)

1. He is anxious that I will finish the work immediately.
  他迫切的希望我能夠立刻完成工作。
2. We were amazed that we saw you in town.
  我們看到你在城裡嚇了一跳。

(b) whether / if (是否)
whether及if都能引導名詞子句。但if子句通常只當受使用。另外,if 比whether更為口語化。

1. She asked us if (→ whether) we wanted to stay here or not.
 她問我們是否想要待在這裡。
2. Whether the report is true is questionable.
 whether不等於if
 那份報告是否屬於有待商確。
→ It is questinable whether (→ if) the report is true.
3. The problem was whether we should call an ambulance at once.
 whether不等於if
問題在於我們是否該馬上叫救護車。
4. It depends on whether they will appear.
 whether不等於if
這要視他們是否會出現而定。

注意
if(是否)子句不能成為介系詞的受詞。

5. The question whether we have time to discuss still remains.
 whether不等於if
我們是否有時間討論,這樣的問題仍然存在。

注意
if(是否)子句不能是同位格子句。

6. I don't care whether your car will break down or not.
 whether不等於if
我不管你的車子是否會故障。

注意
主要子句為否定時,不使用if。

7. I can't decide whether to go or not.
 whether不等於if

注意
whether + to不定詞中的whether 不可用if代替。

8. Everyone wants to know: whether they will get a raise (or not).
→ Everyone wants to know whether or not they will get a raise.
→ Everyone wants to know if they will get a raise.
大家都知道他們是否會加薪。


三、各種從屬連接詞(副詞子句)的意義

(意義)表「時間」- (所屬連接詞) when, as, while, after, before, till, until,                              since, whenever, once, the moment, each time, 
                           by the time, as soon as

(意義)表「地點」- (所屬連接詞) where, wherever

(意義)表「原因、理由」- (所屬連接詞) because, as, since, now(that),                                 seeing(that), considering(that), that

(意義)表「目的」- (所屬連接詞) (so) that … (may), in order that …(may),
                          lest…(should), for fear (that) … (should),
                          in case

(意義)表「條件、假設」- (所屬連接詞) if unless, as if, as though, like,
                               but for suppose, in case…(should)

(意義)表「讓步」- (所屬連接詞) though, although, (even) if, even though,
                          as, whether…or, …ever…(may), no matter…(may)…

(意義)表「比較」- (所屬連接詞) as…as…, 比較級 + than…

(意義)表「樣態」- (所屬連接詞) as; as…, so…

(意義)表「範圍」- (所屬連接詞) as (→ so) far so, as (→so) long as


(1) 表「時間」的從屬連接詞

1. As soon as she heard the bell, she turned over the test sheet. 她聽到鈴聲響,就翻開考卷。
→ She had no sooner heard the bell than she turned over the test sheet.
→ No sooner had she heard the bell than she turned over the test sheet.
→ She had hardly (→ scarcely) heard the bell when (→ before) she turned over the test sheet.
→ Hardly (→ Scarcely) had she heard the bell when (→ before) she turned over the test sheet.
→ Immediately (→ Directly) she heard the bell, she turned over the test sheet.
→ The moment (→ The instant) she heard the bell, she turned over the test sheet.

注意
表「一...就...」→ as soon as, no sooner ~ than..., hardly ~ when..., scarcely ~ before..., instantly, directly, immediately, the moment, the instant, the minute。

2. I did not learn the truth till (→ until) many days had passed. 直到許多天過後我才得知真相。
→ It was not till (→ until) many days had passed that I learned the truth.
3. Once you decide to do it, please concentrate on it.
一旦你決定做,請全神貫注。
4. Every time (→ Each time) I see Jane, I'm reminded of her mother.
每次我看見Jane,我就想起她母親。

(2) 表「地點」的從屬連接詞

1. You may go wherever (→ where) you like.
你可以去你喜歡的地方。
2. Where there is a will, there is a way.
有志者事竟成。

(3)  表「原因、理由」的從屬連接詞

1. Because Mary refused his offer, Tom was in no mood to spend the weekend.  因為Mary拒絕他的要求, Tom失去了歡度週末的心情。
2. Since you cannot come, perhaps we had better ask someone else for help. 既然你不能來,我們只好向其他人尋求協助了。
3. As I was exhausted, I went to bed early. 因為我太累了,所以很早就睡了。

注意
表示「理由」的意思最強的是because, 其次是since, 再其次是as。

4. In the United States, the front seat next to the driver is considered the best in a private car, partly because the driver is likely to be the host himself, and partly because the front windows offers the best view.
5. I don't like her (↗) because she is conservative.
→ I like her, but it is not because she is conservative.
我不是因為她保守而喜歡她。
6. I don't like (↘) because she is conservative.
→ I don't like her.  She is conservative.
我不喜歡她。她太保守了。
7. Now (that) you mention it, I do remember.
經你這麼一提,我真地想起來了。
8. Seeing (that) you do not know the fact yourself, we can do nothing to help you.
既然你自己都不知道這事實,我們就無法幫你。

(4)  表「目的」的從屬連接詞

1. He worked hard (so) that he might pass the exam.
他用功,那麼就會通過考試。

注意
might 可用 could, would 代替。

2. I got up early (so) that I could catch the first train.
 => I got up early to catch the first train.
 => I got up early in order to catch the first train.
 => I got up early so as to catch the first train.
 => I got up early in order that I could catch the first train.
我早起以便趕上早班火車。
3. He walked cautiously lest he stumbled.
 => He walked cautiously for fear (that) he stumbled.
 => He walked cautiously in case he stumbled.
他小心地走,以免絆倒。

注意
lest, for fear (that) 是較文章體的用法,口語中多用in case。

重點  so~that... 及 such~that... 表示「結果」。

1. He is so deligent a boy that all the teachers praise him.
   He is such a deligent boy that all the teacheers praise him.
他好勤奮,以致於所有的老師都誇獎他。
2. I was such a fool that I complied with his request.
   I was such a fool as to comply with his request.
我如此愚蠢,竟答應他的請求。

(5)  表示「讓步」的從屬連接詞

1. Though (=> Although) I was very tired, I went on working.
雖然我非常累了,我仍繼續工作。
2. Even if (=> though) you don't like cheese cake, try a piece of this.
即使你不喜歡乳酪蛋糕,還是嚐一片吧。
3. Whether he wins or loses at the nest election, I'll support him to the very end.
無論下次選舉輸贏,我都將支持他到底。
4. No matter where he goes, he always takes an umbrella with him.
=> Wherever he goes, he always takes an umbrella with him.
無論他去那裡,他總是隨身帶雨傘。
5. No matter how hard you try, you won't succeed.
無論你多努力,你都不會成功。
6. Young as he is, he is an able man.
=> Though he is young, he is an able man.
雖然年輕,但是個有能力的人。
7. Teacher as she is, she does not like small children very much.
→ Though she is a teacher, she does not like small children very much.
雖身為老師,但她並不很喜歡小孩。

(6) 表「比較」的從屬連接詞

1. I am usually as busy as I am now.
我通常像現在一樣忙。
2. I did not study so hard in my youth as you do now.
我年輕時不像你現在這般用功讀書。
3. You must read as many books as you can.
→ You must read as many books as possible.
你必須儘可能地多讀書。
4. I'm three times as rich as you, and ten times as handsome as you.
我的錢有你的三倍多,而我比你帥十倍。
5. The weather was worse than we had expected.
天氣比我們想像中的差。

(7) 表「樣態」的從屬連接詞

1. Do in Rome as the Romans do.
入境隨俗。
2. As you sow, so shall you reap.
種瓜得瓜,種豆得豆。
3. As the lion is the king of beasts, so the eagle is the king of birds.
如同獅子是萬獸之王,老鷹是百鳥之王。

(8)  表「範圍」的從屬連接詞

1. As far as I know, he has nothing to do with the matter.
就我所知,他和此事無關。
2. As far as the eyes could reach (→ see), the city was a sea of fire.
一眼望去,那城市儘是在一片火海之中。
3. As far as I'm concerned, you can stay out all night.
就我來說,你可以整晚待在外面。
4. As long as there were books and stationary, he never felt lonely.
只要有書和文具,他不會覺得寂寞。
5. He went on talking as long as three hours.
他持續地說了三個小時。